<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Test &amp; Measurement Tips</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/</link>
	<description>Oscilloscopes, electronics engineering industry news, how-to EE articles and electronics resources</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 04 May 2026 15:43:40 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/cropped-favicon-32x32.jpg</url>
	<title>Test &amp; Measurement Tips</title>
	<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>R&#038;S MXO3 Oscilloscope for EMC measurements: part 2</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-2/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-2/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Kenneth Wyatt]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 18:15:03 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Oscilloscope Descriptions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMC]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[oscilloscope]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20491</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Rohde &#38; Schwarz recently announced their MXO3 1 GHz bandwidth 12-bit oscilloscope [1], and I managed to get one to review. The R&#38;S MXO38 is ideal for EMC troubleshooting and characterizing design issues early. The 1 mV low noise vertical sensitivity, 12-bits, 500 Mpts memory depth, and 21 ns trigger re-arm allow a terrific FFT […]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-2/">R&#038;S MXO3 Oscilloscope for EMC measurements: part 2</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rohde &amp; Schwarz recently announced their MXO3 1 GHz bandwidth 12-bit oscilloscope [1], and I managed to get one to review. The R&amp;S MXO38 is ideal for EMC troubleshooting and characterizing design issues early. The 1 mV low noise vertical sensitivity, 12-bits, 500 Mpts memory depth, and 21 ns trigger re-arm allow a terrific FFT spectrum display. The waveform capture is an amazing 4.5 million waveforms per second, providing real-time capture of up to 99%. From an EMC point of view, this provides a nearly real-time spectrum capture.</p>
<p>In <a id="https://www.eeworldonline.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-1/" href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" type="link">Part 1</a> of this series, I discussed how to use near-field probes to help identify high-frequency harmonic energy sources on PC boards. Characterizing each energy source, such as processors, memory, and power conversion, helps identify the source of coupled EMI being radiated from your product. This is “Step 1” of my three-step process for troubleshooting radiated emissions issues and has been pretty well documented in other articles and industry application notes.</p>
<p>What has not been as well covered is my “Step 2”, how to use RF current probes to further characterize attached cable harmonic currents and reveal “red flags” in your designs. The ability to identify potential coupling mechanisms from observing harmonic energy on attached cables is an important part of the troubleshooting process. In Part 2 of this series, I’ll show how I use one of my most important tools for troubleshooting radiated emissions issues.</p>
<h3 id="h-rf-current-probes" class="wp-block-heading">RF current probes</h3>
<p>I suspect most product designers are familiar with the smaller current probes designed for oscilloscopes or digital multimeters (DMMs). These typically have smaller apertures that fit a wire or small cable and generally extend from DC to 100 MHz, at best. There are also current probes for electrical measurements with larger apertures that range up to only a few MHz and are really designed for mains frequencies.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-full"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" class="wp-image-520685 aligncenter" src="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture1.png" sizes="(max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" srcset="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture1.png 480w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture1-300x208.png 300w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture1-150x104.png 150w" alt="" width="480" height="332" /><figcaption class="wp-element-caption"><em>Figure 1. A typical RF current probe from Tekbox has a useful frequency range of 30 kHz to 400 MHz (3dB bandwidth).</em> <em>(Image: Ken Wyatt)</em></figcaption></figure>
<p>RF current probes, on the other hand, are designed to measure microamps of RF current from kHz to hundreds of MHz flowing on I/O and power cables. They usually have a hinged aperture that can accept everything from a single wire to large-diameter cables (<strong>Figure 1</strong>). When their 50Ω port is connected to a spectrum analyzer, you’ll observe an RF spectrum similar to that when using a near-field probe. Many manufacturers make these probes, but for this article, we’ll use the affordable Tekbox Model TBCP2-750 ($879). See [2].</p>
<p>Cable radiation is usually the dominant reason for radiated emission failures. The problem is that the various harmonic energy sources measured on your circuit boards or system can couple to any attached cables, resulting in high-frequency harmonic currents that now create an antenna effect, causing radiated emissions.</p>
<p>We’ll use the RF current probe to characterize and reduce these coupled RF currents by clamping it around each I/O and power cable in turn and recording the spectral characteristics for each. The typical RF current probe is sensitive enough to measure µA of RF current, and only 6 to 8 µA of harmonic current can fail the FCC class B limit.</p>
<p>If cables are the dominant cause of emission failure, then I often leave the probe connected and fixed in place while I’m trying various mitigations back in the PC board or system. Observing changes in real time is quite efficient!</p>
<h3 id="h-rf-current-probe-measurements" class="wp-block-heading">RF current probe measurements</h3>
<p>The RF current probe is merely a current transformer that measures RF currents in the primary (wire or cable to be measured) and couples that to the secondary, which is loaded by the 50Ω input impedance of the spectrum analyzer (<strong>Figure 2</strong>). This produces a voltage across 50Ω that is usually in terms of dBµV. Switching the MXO38 spectrum display from the default dBm to dBµV allows us to calculate and directly compare to the emissions limits, as you’ll see further on.</p>
<p>I usually insert a bit of “bubble wrap” within the probe aperture to keep the wire or cable centered and away from the metal probe case in order to minimize measurement errors.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-full"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-520687" src="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture2.png" sizes="(max-width: 478px) 100vw, 478px" srcset="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture2.png 478w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture2-300x211.png 300w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture2-150x105.png 150w" alt="" width="478" height="336" /><figcaption class="wp-element-caption"><em>Figure 2.  Schematic diagram of a typical RF current probe.</em> <em>(Image: Ken Wyatt)</em></figcaption></figure>
<p>Because of resonances on cables, it’s best to slide the RF current probe back and forth on the cable or wire in order to maximize the dominant harmonic or harmonics. Once the larger harmonics are maximized, I tape the probe down to the table to minimize variables while trying different mitigations to reduce cable coupling from the board.</p>
<p>Mitigations could include rerouting internal cables, improved bonding of cable shields to chassis or digital return plane, adding or improving common mode filtering at the I/O or power connectors, shielding energy sources using local shields, etc.</p>
<h3 id="h-caution" class="wp-block-heading">Caution</h3>
<p>RF current probes are so sensitive that when clamped around a wire or cable, that cable tends to act as a receiving antenna. Ambient transmissions, like AM/FM broadcast stations, two-way communications, digital TV, and cellular phones, can confuse measurements from the equipment under test (EUT). It is important to be aware of certain bands in the RF spectrum where these services reside, so they can be differentiated from product emissions.</p>
<p>To ease this confusion, I usually clamp the current probe around the cable under test with the EUT turned off. You’ll like to see at least the FM broadcast stations in the region 88 to 108 MHz. Placing these captured signals in Max Hold mode provides an initial plot of current ambient signals. On the MXO3, this can be saved as a “reference” trace, as you’ll see in the next section.</p>
<h3 id="h-making-a-measurement" class="wp-block-heading">Making a measurement</h3>
<p>We’ll be measuring the common-mode harmonic currents on the power input cable of a 1 MHz GaN buck converter. This converter has a strong 230 MHz ring frequency that I use to demonstrate how ring frequency can manifest as a broad peak in the frequency spectrum. We’ll use a Fair-Rite 43 material snap-on choke to demonstrate a reduction in harmonic currents in the cable. <strong>Figure 3</strong> shows the test setup.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image aligncenter size-large"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-520688" src="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture3-1024x634.jpg" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture3-1024x634.jpg 1024w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture3-300x186.jpg 300w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture3-150x93.jpg 150w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture3-768x475.jpg 768w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture3.jpg 1100w" alt="" width="1024" height="634" /><figcaption class="wp-element-caption"><em>Figure 3. The test setup used for the example measurement.</em> <em>(Image: Ken Wyatt)</em></figcaption></figure>
<p>As mentioned above, when using the RF current probe to test common mode cable emissions outside of a shielded chamber, I first perform an ambient measurement with the EUT off. This will record and save the specific RF environment so you can better differentiate EUT emissions from ambient signals.</p>
<p>First, connect the current probe to channel 1 (C1) and set the Termination to 50Ω. Leave all other settings to their defaults. Turn on the EUT in order to set up the oscilloscope for an acceptable time domain signal. I usually just press Auto-set at first.</p>
<p>Then turn on the Spectrum mode (Menu &gt; Spectrum), turn On the Display, set the Source to C1, touch Start/Stop and set the frequency limits to Start = zero, Stop = 1 GHz, Normally, the EMC standards have you set the resolution bandwidth to either 100 kHz (military) or 120 kHz (commercial), but I find 1 MHz may have a cleaner averaged signal for troubleshooting purposes. Turn off Auto BW and set RBW for 1 MHz. Press Max Hold to save the ambient plot.</p>
<p>Now, switch the Menu to Apps &gt; Reference and select R1 (reference waveform 1), turn Show = On, and select Source = S1MaxH. Select Create/Update and Save As “Ambient”. This will save the ambient Max Hold plot as reference 1 (R1).</p>
<p><em>Note that every time you reopen the Reference screen, the Source keeps defaulting to C1, so you’ll need to keep selecting S1MaxH, or it will save a time domain reference for C1. This messed me up several times when trying to add reference waveforms to the spectrum display.</em></p>
<p>Next, turn on the EUT and select Max Hold, then save this as R2 [2]. This will become the saved “before” spectrum case. You can change the default color by going to Settings &gt; Appearance, Category = Reference, and Color Source = R2. Go ahead and set the color as desired. For this article, I set it to light blue. In a similar fashion, save this as reference 2 (R2) and name it “EUT_On”.</p>
<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">You should end up with a screen capture as in <strong>Figure 4</strong> with the ambient in default grey, EUT-On (“before case”) in the color of your choice, and the real-time waveform in the default yellow.</span> From here, you can try various mitigations and compare the resulting spectrum with the saved reference 2 (R2) waveform. The ambient spectrum (R1) may be used to differentiate the ambient RF signals from the “live” signals.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-520689" src="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture4-1024x580.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture4-1024x580.png 1024w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture4-300x170.png 300w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture4-150x85.png 150w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture4-768x435.png 768w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture4.png 1100w" alt="" width="1024" height="580" /><figcaption class="wp-element-caption"><em>Figure 4. The spectrum during the RF current probe test. Gray is the ambient measurement; blue is with the EUT on, and yellow is with the EUT on and ferrite attached. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</em></figcaption></figure>
<p>The blue trace is the measurement with the EUT turned on and shows the broad peaks at the ring frequency of 233 MHz and board resonance at 558 MHz. Now, with the saved reference plots, you can commence troubleshooting and applying various mitigations while observing immediate results!</p>
<h3 id="h-estimating-pass-fail" class="wp-block-heading">Estimating pass/fail</h3>
<p>One important use for the RF current probe is to provide an estimate of passing or failing specific emission test limits. By knowing the dominant currents in an I/O or power cable, we can calculate the E-field at the test distance per the standard used (usually 3m or 10m for commercial products). While this won’t necessarily be precise, it still gives us a “ballpark” estimate to which we can compare with the test limit at that frequency.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-520692" src="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture5-1024x582.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture5-1024x582.png 1024w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture5-300x171.png 300w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture5-150x85.png 150w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture5-768x437.png 768w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture5.png 1106w" alt="" width="1024" height="582" /><figcaption class="wp-element-caption"><em>Figure 5. The transfer impedance calibration chart for the Tekbox TBCP2-30k400 RF current probe. Figure, courtesy Tekbox Digital Solutions.</em> <em>(Image: Ken Wyatt)</em></figcaption></figure>
<p>Commercial RF current probes come with a calibration chart of transfer impedance versus frequency (<strong>Figure 5</strong>). Using Ohm’s Law, we can use this chart to calculate the measured common mode current in the wire with respect to the voltage measured at the probe output port, assuming a 50Ω system. This is based on work by Dr. Clayton Paul [3] and further refined by Henry Ott [4]. There are example calculations in [5] and [6].</p>
<p>Let’s assume we measure one of the dominant harmonics in a cable as 28 dBµV at 120 MHz at the spectrum analyzer. We can also read of a transfer impedance of 20 dBΩ at 120 MHz from the calibration chart in Figure 5.</p>
<p>Using Ohm’s Law, we can calculate the common mode current (<em>Icm</em>) in the cable:</p>
<p><em>Icm (A) = E (V) / R (Ω</em>), or, in converting to terms using log identities,</p>
<p><em>Icm (dBµA) = Vprobe (dBµV) – 20 dBΩ = 28 – 20 = 8 dBµA</em></p>
<p>Now using the E-field equation from Paul and Ott:</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image aligncenter size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-520690" style="aspect-ratio: 4.100162601626017; width: 267px; height: auto;" src="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-22-at-1.06.06-PM.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 328px) 100vw, 328px" srcset="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-22-at-1.06.06-PM.png 328w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-22-at-1.06.06-PM-300x73.png 300w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-22-at-1.06.06-PM-150x37.png 150w" alt="" width="328" height="80" /></figure>
<p>where</p>
<p><em>Ec</em> is the calculated E-field in V/m due to common-mode current flowing on the cable,</p>
<p><em>Ic</em> is the current through the wire or cable (A),</p>
<p><em>f</em> is the harmonic frequency being measured (Hz),</p>
<p><em>L</em> is the length of the cable in meters and</p>
<p><em>d</em> is the measured distance during the compliance testing (usually 3 or 10m).</p>
<figure id="attachment_520691" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-520691" style="width: 480px" class="wp-caption alignright"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-520691" style="--tw-scale-x: 1; --tw-scale-y: 1; --tw-scroll-snap-strictness: proximity; --tw-ring-offset-width: 0px; --tw-ring-offset-color: #fff; --tw-ring-color: #3b82f680; --tw-ring-offset-shadow: 0 0 #0000; --tw-ring-shadow: 0 0 #0000; --tw-shadow: 0 0 #0000; --tw-shadow-colored: 0 0 #0000;" src="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture6.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" srcset="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture6.png 480w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture6-300x251.png 300w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture6-150x126.png 150w" alt="" width="480" height="402" /><figcaption id="caption-attachment-520691" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 6. A simple Excel spreadsheet can perform all the math required to estimate the E-field in dBµV/m from the measured harmonic current in a wire or cable. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>Converting the measured values to basic units and plugging into the E-field equation, we get 1.26E-4 (V/m). Converting this back to log units, we get 42.03 dBµV/m. Comparing this with the FCC class B limit at 120 MHz (43.5 dBµV/m) indicates we may be just under the limit by only 1.47 dB. Typically, we’d want at least a 6 dB margin, so this is probably not good enough.</p>
<p>To streamline all these calculations, I developed a simple Excel spreadsheet, which may be downloaded from my website [7]. Figure 6 shows an example calculation. By entering the specific probe transfer impedance, the frequency of concern, the cable length, and test distance (typically 3 or 10m), the E-field in dBµV/m is calculated and may be compared to the appropriate test limit.</p>
<h3 id="h-summary" class="wp-block-heading">Summary</h3>
<p>The RF current probe is not only a useful tool for general troubleshooting, but may be used to determine potential passing or failing due to harmonic currents on a radiating cable. While they may be a bit pricy, I find the RF current probe is one of my most-used tools for troubleshooting emissions.</p>
<p>Most importantly, if you know that cables are the dominant radiating source, all the troubleshooting can be done in-house with an RF current probe. No need to run back and forth between your facility and the 3rd-party test lab to perform this troubleshooting, saving cost and time!</p>
<p>I also have a short video showing how to use these RF current probes in [8].</p>
<p>With its fast acquisition update rate, the MXO38 spectrum feature works extremely well for general bench-top EMC troubleshooting and debugging, and it’s become one of my favorite bench-top tools. The ease of setting up the analyzer is a step ahead of other leading manufacturers. Once saved, the reference waves stay in memory along with the instrument setup, so if you have to move locations, everything is preserved.</p>
<h3 id="h-references" class="wp-block-heading">References</h3>
<p>[1] <a id="https://www.rohde-schwarz.com/us/home_48230.html" href="https://www.rohde-schwarz.com/us/home_48230.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" type="link">Rohde &amp; Schwarz</a><br />
[2] <a id="https://www.tekbox.com/product/tbcp2-32mm-snap-on-rf-current-monitoring-probes/" href="https://www.tekbox.com/product/tbcp2-32mm-snap-on-rf-current-monitoring-probes/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" type="link">Tekbox current probes</a><br />
[3] Paul, Introduction to Electromagnetic Compatibility (2nd Edition), Wiley Interscience, 2006, pages 518-532.<br />
[4] Ott, Electromagnetic Compatibility Engineering, Wiley, 2009, pages 690-693.<br />
[5] Wyatt, Workbench Troubleshooting EMC Emissions (Volume 2), Amazon.<br />
[6] Wyatt, <a id="https://interferencetechnology.com/the-hf-current-probe-theory-and-application/" href="https://interferencetechnology.com/the-hf-current-probe-theory-and-application/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" type="link">The RF Current Probe: Theory and Application, Interference Technology</a><br />
[7] Wyatt, <a id="https://benchtopemc.com/links/" href="https://benchtopemc.com/links/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" type="link">E-Field Calculator</a> (scroll down to find it)<br />
[8] Wyatt, Current Probe Demo, <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OcWiSukx4iA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Current Probe Demo</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-2/">R&#038;S MXO3 Oscilloscope for EMC measurements: part 2</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>New LEO signal simulation speeds receiver validation</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/new-leo-signal-simulation-speeds-receiver-validation/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/new-leo-signal-simulation-speeds-receiver-validation/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Puja Mitra]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2026 20:05:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[signal generator]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20493</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Rohde &#38; Schwarz has released a Pulsar signal simulation option for the R&#38;S SMBV100B and R&#38;S SMW200A vector signal generators, adding support for the LEO satellite navigation service from Xona for receiver development and production testing. The software allows engineers to simulate next-generation positioning, navigation and timing signals alongside existing GNSS services such as GPS, […]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/new-leo-signal-simulation-speeds-receiver-validation/">New LEO signal simulation speeds receiver validation</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-large is-resized wp-lightbox-container" data-wp-context="{&quot;imageId&quot;:&quot;69ef48728a798&quot;}" data-wp-interactive="core/image" data-wp-key="69ef48728a798"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-520656 alignright" style="width: 400px;" src="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/pulsar-Rohde-1024x512.jpg" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/pulsar-Rohde-1024x512.jpg 1024w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/pulsar-Rohde-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/pulsar-Rohde-150x75.jpg 150w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/pulsar-Rohde-768x384.jpg 768w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/pulsar-Rohde-1536x768.jpg 1536w, https://www.eeworldonline.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/pulsar-Rohde.jpg 1890w" alt="" width="1024" height="512" data-wp-class--hide="state.isContentHidden" data-wp-class--show="state.isContentVisible" data-wp-init="callbacks.setButtonStyles" data-wp-on--click="actions.showLightbox" data-wp-on--load="callbacks.setButtonStyles" data-wp-on-window--resize="callbacks.setButtonStyles" /><button class="lightbox-trigger" type="button" aria-haspopup="dialog" aria-label="Enlarge" data-wp-init="callbacks.initTriggerButton" data-wp-on--click="actions.showLightbox" data-wp-style--right="state.imageButtonRight" data-wp-style--top="state.imageButtonTop"></p>
<p></button></figure>
<p><a href="https://www.rohde-schwarz.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rohde &amp; Schwarz</a> has released a Pulsar signal simulation option for the R&amp;S SMBV100B and R&amp;S SMW200A vector signal generators, adding support for the LEO satellite navigation service from <a href="https://www.xonaspace.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Xona</a> for receiver development and production testing. The software allows engineers to simulate next-generation positioning, navigation and timing signals alongside existing GNSS services such as GPS, helping validate compatibility as Pulsar deployment scales. The option is intended for manufacturers developing navigation receivers and other PNT-enabled devices that need test coverage for stronger signals with improved resilience to threats and interference.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/new-leo-signal-simulation-speeds-receiver-validation/">New LEO signal simulation speeds receiver validation</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/new-leo-signal-simulation-speeds-receiver-validation/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Defining and measuring strain: part 2</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-2/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-2/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Rick Nelson]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 09:52:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[strain]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[strain-gauge]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20468</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In part 1 of this series, we looked at the strain gauge, which can be used to quantify how a test specimen deforms as a function of applied stress. We developed a Wheatstone-bridge circuit that makes use of strain-gauge elements in two of the bridge’s legs, as shown in Figure 1, a version of Figure [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-2/">Defining and measuring strain: part 2</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">part 1</a> of this series, we looked at the strain gauge, which can be used to quantify how a test specimen deforms as a function of applied <a href="https://www.analogictips.com/stress-strain-fundamental-principles-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">stress</a>. We developed a <a href="https://www.analogictips.com/wheatstone-bridge-part-1-principles-and-basic-applications/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wheatstone-bridge</a> circuit that makes use of <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/why-are-analog-signal-conditioners-important/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">strain-gauge</a> elements in two of the bridge’s legs, as shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, a version of Figure 3 from part 1. Note that the strain-gauge elements take the place of resistors <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> and <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> in <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig2.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Figure 2</a> from <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-4/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">part 4</a> of our previous series on Kirchhoff’s laws.</p>
<p><strong>Q: In Figure 1, it looks like you’ve changed some of the labels.<br />
A: </strong>Right. I had been using <em>V<sub>DMM</sub></em> to emphasize that we are using a modern <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/some-surprising-facts-about-multimeters-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">digital multimeter</a> (DMM) instead of a 19th-century <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/first-undersea-transatlantic-cable-project-eventually-succeeded-part-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">galvanometer</a>, which would have been used in early Wheatstone bridges. 19th-century galvanometers were quite useful in detecting zero current and voltage conditions, with applications extending to the decoding of transmitted signals in early trans-Atlantic telegraphy. However, such galvanometers were not good at quantifying non-zero levels, which modern instruments can do easily and accurately. In Figure 1, I’m using labels commonly found in strain-gauge literature. For example, I’ve changed <em>V<sub>DMM</sub></em> to <em>V<sub>O</sub></em>, for output voltage. In addition, I changed <em>V<sub>IN</sub></em> to <em>V<sub>EX</sub></em>, for excitation voltage. Finally, in the setup from our <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-4/">earlier series</a>, <em>V<sub>DMM</sub></em> <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig3.jpg">varied inversely</a> with <em>R<sub>X</sub></em>. In Figure 1, I have reversed the meter polarity, so <em>V<sub>O</sub></em> varies directly with <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> and hence strain <em>e</em>.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20476" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20476" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-10.03.11-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-large wp-image-20476" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-10.03.11-AM-1024x677.png" alt="" width="1024" height="677" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-10.03.11-AM-1024x677.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-10.03.11-AM-300x198.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-10.03.11-AM-768x508.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-10.03.11-AM.png 1180w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20476" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. This figure includes labels commonly found in strain-gauge literature, including VEX for excitation voltage and VO for output voltage. (Image: Rick Nelson)</figcaption></figure>
<p>To review, in Figure 1, <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> is an active strain gauge, and <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> is a dummy strain gauge used for temperature compensation. Note that the long, thin wires of <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> are mounted perpendicular to the direction of tension, so their resistance is relatively unaffected by the strain.</p>
<p><strong>Q: So, how do we calculate strain given <em>V<sub>O</sub></em>?<br />
A: </strong>From our previous series, we demonstrated how to calculate <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> based on the voltage reading, with the DMM or output voltage equaling <em>V<sub>V</sub></em> &#8211; <em>V<sub>X</sub></em>. For the configuration shown in Figure 3 with the polarity switch,</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.03-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-20471" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.03-AM-300x65.png" alt="" width="300" height="65" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.03-AM-300x65.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.03-AM.png 422w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a></p>
<p>We can rearrange this equation as follows:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.14-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-20472" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.14-AM-300x108.png" alt="" width="300" height="108" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.14-AM-300x108.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.14-AM.png 468w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a></p>
<p>Then we can calculate <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> as a function of <em>V<sub>O</sub></em>:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.27-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-20473" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.27-AM-300x74.png" alt="" width="300" height="74" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.27-AM-300x74.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.27-AM.png 358w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Q: And how does strain relate to <em>R<sub>X</sub></em>?<br />
A: </strong>From part 1 of this series, we know that given a gauge factor <em>GF</em>, strain is</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.39-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-20474" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.39-AM.png" alt="" width="154" height="69" /></a></p>
<p>We also see that D<em>R</em> is <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> – <em>R<sub>2</sub></em>, where <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> equals the unstrained resistance of <em>R<sub>X</sub></em>, or 120 W. So, given <em>V<sub>O</sub></em> and a <em>GF</em> value of 2, we can directly calculate strain:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.49-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-20475" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.49-AM-300x55.png" alt="" width="300" height="55" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.49-AM-300x55.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.56.49-AM.png 596w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Figure 2</strong> plots this equation for values of <em>V<sub>O</sub></em> from -10 mV to +10 mV.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20469" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20469" style="width: 720px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-20469" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture1.png" alt="" width="720" height="348" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture1.png 720w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Picture1-300x145.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20469" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2. Given the VO for the Figure 1 circuit, we can derive the strain. (Image: Rick Nelson)</figcaption></figure>
<figure id="attachment_20470" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20470" style="width: 308px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.59.28-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20470" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.59.28-AM.png" alt="" width="308" height="272" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.59.28-AM.png 584w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-13-at-9.59.28-AM-300x265.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 308px) 100vw, 308px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20470" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. Two active strain gauges on a test specimen are aligned with the applied stress. (Image: Rick Nelson)</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: Can we design a bridge configuration where both strain-gauge elements are active, and if so, what would be the advantages?</strong><br />
<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>A: Figure 3</strong> shows an alternative arrangement to Figure 1, with one strain gauge depicted in red placed at the top of a test specimen, while another depicted in blue is placed at the bottom, with the sense wires in both aligned with the direction of stress, so both are active.</span></p>
<p>Next time, we’ll take a look at how to apply this configuration and describe its benefits.</p>
<p><strong>Related EEWorld Online content</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-4/">Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 4</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-to-use-remote-sensing-for-dc-programmable-power-supplies/">How to use remote sensing for DC programmable power supplies</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/some-surprising-facts-about-multimeters-faq/">Things to know about multimeters</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/first-undersea-transatlantic-cable-project-eventually-succeeded-part-2/">The first undersea transatlantic cable: An audacious project that (eventually) succeeded, Part 2</a><br />
<a href="https://www.analogictips.com/wheatstone-bridge-part-1-principles-and-basic-applications/">Wheatstone bridge, Part 1: Principles and basic applications</a><br />
<a href="https://www.analogictips.com/stress-strain-fundamental-principles-faq/">Stress &amp; Strain, Part 1: fundamental principles</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-2/">Defining and measuring strain: part 2</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Teledyne LeCroy at APEC 2026: the case for higher bandwidth current measurement</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/teledyne-lecroy-at-apec-2026-the-case-for-higher-bandwidth-current-measurement/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/teledyne-lecroy-at-apec-2026-the-case-for-higher-bandwidth-current-measurement/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Aimee Kalnoskas]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2026 16:53:50 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[oscilloscope measurements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[scope probes and accessories]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[APEC 2026]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[probe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teledyne lecroy]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20479</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>For engineers working on high-power systems like motor drives, EV powertrains, or switching power supplies, accurate current measurement without breaking the circuit is a core requirement. Teledyne LeCroy introduced the CP1000 current probe at APEC 2026 to address that requirement. The CP1000 supports up to 1000 A rms continuous and peak currents up to 1400 [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/teledyne-lecroy-at-apec-2026-the-case-for-higher-bandwidth-current-measurement/">Teledyne LeCroy at APEC 2026: the case for higher bandwidth current measurement</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For engineers working on high-power systems like motor drives, EV powertrains, or switching power supplies, accurate current measurement without breaking the circuit is a core requirement. Teledyne LeCroy introduced the CP1000 current probe at APEC 2026 to address that requirement.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IMG_5570-scaled.jpeg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-20482" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IMG_5570-300x225.jpeg" alt="" width="300" height="225" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IMG_5570-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IMG_5570-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IMG_5570-768x576.jpeg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IMG_5570-1536x1152.jpeg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/IMG_5570-2048x1536.jpeg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>The <a href="https://cdn.teledynelecroy.com/files/pdf/current-probes_datasheet.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CP1000</a> supports up to 1000 A rms continuous and peak currents up to 1400 A. But the specification that generated the most conversation was bandwidth. Most competitive products in this current range top out around 10 kHz. The CP1000 goes from DC to 1.5 MHz, which matters more than it might seem at first glance. Additional specs worth noting: rise time is 235 ns typical, AC noise at 20 MHz bandwidth limit is 10 mA, and the probe offers two output voltage settings at 0.005 V/A and 0.05 V/A with a minimum sensitivity of 100 mA/div. The 6-meter cable gives engineers some practical flexibility when working around large power setups.</p>
<p>The Teledyne LeCroy team explained it this way: when engineers calculate switching losses, they multiply the current and voltage waveforms. If the current probe&#8217;s bandwidth is too narrow, it artificially slows the rise time, making losses appear larger than they actually are. As one engineer at the booth put it, &#8220;By having a higher bandwidth probe, you can get a more accurate representation of how fast you&#8217;re switching, and you can make better efficiency measurements and loss measurements.&#8221;</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/cp1000-title.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignleft size-medium wp-image-20483" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/cp1000-title-300x117.png" alt="" width="300" height="117" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/cp1000-title-300x117.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/cp1000-title.png 540w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>That point connects to a broader issue the team raised about oscilloscope measurements generally: &#8220;A lot of people who are doing oscilloscope measurements have this assumption that what I&#8217;m seeing on the oscilloscope is what&#8217;s happening on my system. We spend a lot of time explaining to people that&#8217;s not what you&#8217;re seeing in your system. That&#8217;s what you&#8217;re seeing after it goes through the probe, after it goes through what&#8217;s happening on the front end of the oscilloscope. It&#8217;s a total system measurement. Engineers don&#8217;t care about that. They want to know what&#8217;s happening.&#8221;</p>
<p>The CP1000 uses Hall effect technology, so there&#8217;s no need to break the line, unlike current transformers or Rogowski coils, which remain the workaround most engineers are using today. The maximum conductor diameter the probe can accommodate is 33 mm. It connects via Teledyne LeCroy&#8217;s ProBus interface for automatic scaling, degauss, and autozero functions on compatible oscilloscopes, and it&#8217;s available now at a list price just under $9,000.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/teledyne-lecroy-at-apec-2026-the-case-for-higher-bandwidth-current-measurement/">Teledyne LeCroy at APEC 2026: the case for higher bandwidth current measurement</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/teledyne-lecroy-at-apec-2026-the-case-for-higher-bandwidth-current-measurement/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Editorial Webinar April 16: Beyond bandwidth: how engineers should really choose an oscilloscope</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/editorial-webinar-beyond-bandwidth-how-engineers-should-really-choose-an-oscilloscope/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/editorial-webinar-beyond-bandwidth-how-engineers-should-really-choose-an-oscilloscope/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Aimee Kalnoskas]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 17:52:35 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[oscilloscope measurements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Oscilloscopes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Webinars]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[oscilloscopes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[webinar]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20465</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Bandwidth is usually the first number engineers look at when evaluating an oscilloscope. It shouldn&#8217;t be the last. Today&#8217;s designs are more complex than ever. Signal frequencies are climbing, package sizes are shrinking, and the range of bus types and standards that engineers need to support continues to expand. A scope that checks the bandwidth [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/editorial-webinar-beyond-bandwidth-how-engineers-should-really-choose-an-oscilloscope/">Editorial Webinar April 16: Beyond bandwidth: how engineers should really choose an oscilloscope</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bandwidth is usually the first number engineers look at when evaluating an oscilloscope. It shouldn&#8217;t be the last.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Chris-Loberg-T-and-M-webinar.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-20466" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Chris-Loberg-T-and-M-webinar-300x169.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="169" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Chris-Loberg-T-and-M-webinar-300x169.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Chris-Loberg-T-and-M-webinar-1024x576.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Chris-Loberg-T-and-M-webinar-768x432.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Chris-Loberg-T-and-M-webinar-1536x864.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Chris-Loberg-T-and-M-webinar.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>Today&#8217;s designs are more complex than ever. Signal frequencies are climbing, package sizes are shrinking, and the range of bus types and standards that engineers need to support continues to expand. A scope that checks the bandwidth box but falls short on noise performance, probing capability, or analysis software can slow you down when it matters most.</p>
<p>The right approach starts with the measurement problem, not the spec sheet. Power integrity work demands low-noise front ends and high vertical resolution. Serial data conformance testing adds requirements around jitter analysis and de-embedding. Embedded system troubleshooting calls for strong trigger systems and protocol decode capability. RF and wireless applications require high-performance FFTs and spectrogram display support.</p>
<p>On April 16, EE World Online is hosting a webinar that tackles exactly this. Industry veteran Chris Loberg will walk through a practical framework for oscilloscope selection across all four application areas, with plenty of time for audience questions.</p>
<p>Do you have questions now you would like us to address during the webinar? Email those to akalnoskas@wtwhmedia.com.</p>
<p><strong>Beyond Bandwidth: How Engineers Should Really Choose an Oscilloscope</strong> takes place Thursday, April 16, at 2:00 PM EDT. <strong>Register <a href="https://gateway.on24.com/wcc/experience/elitewtwhmedia/2927718/4415581/eeworld" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here.</a></strong></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/editorial-webinar-beyond-bandwidth-how-engineers-should-really-choose-an-oscilloscope/">Editorial Webinar April 16: Beyond bandwidth: how engineers should really choose an oscilloscope</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/editorial-webinar-beyond-bandwidth-how-engineers-should-really-choose-an-oscilloscope/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>ATE contactors combine kelvin configuration with thermal pin conditioning</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/ate-contactors-combine-kelvin-configuration-with-thermal-pin-conditioning/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/ate-contactors-combine-kelvin-configuration-with-thermal-pin-conditioning/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Aimee Kalnoskas]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2026 12:36:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Test Equipment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ironwood Electronics]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20463</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Ironwood Electronics has introduced the Raptor line of ATE test contactors, built around a replaceable cartridge format. The cartridges use Ironwood&#8217;s proprietary lamination technology and are designed to reduce cost of test by allowing cartridge swaps without removing the frame, minimizing downtime between test runs. Two contact variants are available: PicoRaptor, using rigid pins with [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/ate-contactors-combine-kelvin-configuration-with-thermal-pin-conditioning/">ATE contactors combine kelvin configuration with thermal pin conditioning</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screenshot-2026-04-08-at-5.33.06-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-20464" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screenshot-2026-04-08-at-5.33.06-AM-300x216.png" alt="" width="300" height="216" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screenshot-2026-04-08-at-5.33.06-AM-300x216.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screenshot-2026-04-08-at-5.33.06-AM.png 740w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><a href="https://www.ironwoodelectronics.com/">Ironwood Electronics</a> has introduced the <a href="https://www.ironwoodelectronics.com/products/ate-cartridge-with-picoraptor/">Raptor</a> line of ATE test contactors, built around a replaceable cartridge format. The cartridges use Ironwood&#8217;s proprietary lamination technology and are designed to reduce cost of test by allowing cartridge swaps without removing the frame, minimizing downtime between test runs. Two contact variants are available: PicoRaptor, using rigid pins with 1mm and 2mm contact options, starting at 0.30mm pitch for peripheral pad devices; and PowerRaptor, a cantilever design for power and automotive applications, configurable as kelvin, selectable kelvin, or non-kelvin.</p>
<p>PicoRaptor combines high bandwidth with high insertion count, using a single elastomer for consistent contact force while allowing a slight wiping action. Its Advanced Contact Finish (ACF) technology stabilizes contact resistance (Cres), limits solder migration, and extends load board life. PowerRaptor includes a contact wipe for Cres stability and an optional Airtherm integration for rapid, accurate pin temperature conditioning. Both variants are engineered to increase Mean Time Between Assist (MTBA) across demanding test environments.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/ate-contactors-combine-kelvin-configuration-with-thermal-pin-conditioning/">ATE contactors combine kelvin configuration with thermal pin conditioning</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/ate-contactors-combine-kelvin-configuration-with-thermal-pin-conditioning/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Defining and measuring strain: part 1</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-1/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-1/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Rick Nelson]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2026 09:20:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[strain]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[strain-gauge]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20448</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>A metallic foil strain gauge can detect how a test specimen responds when subjected to axial stress. In a previous series, we investigated the Wheatstone-bridge circuit topology and described how strain-gauge elements could be used in the bridge legs. Q: At that point, I asked the question, what is strain, and what are its units? [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-1/">Defining and measuring strain: part 1</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>A metallic foil strain gauge can detect how a test specimen responds when subjected to axial stress.</em></p>
<p>In a <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">previous series</a>, we investigated the Wheatstone-bridge circuit topology and described how <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/why-are-analog-signal-conditioners-important/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">strain-gauge</a> elements could be used in the bridge legs.</p>
<p><strong>Q: At that point, I asked the question, what is strain, and what are its units?</strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>Right, so we’ll take up that question in this new series. <strong>Figure 1</strong> at the top shows a specimen under test of length <em>l</em>. In the center image, we apply an axial stress in the form of tension to the specimen, and it lengthens by an amount D<em>l</em>. The strain, indicated by a lower-case epsilon, is</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-12.45.01-PM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20455" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-12.45.01-PM.png" alt="" width="118" height="76" /></a></p>
<p>In addition, as shown at the bottom, if you apply axial compression to a specimen, it shrinks in length, and you’ll have a negative strain.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20453" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20453" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.49-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20453 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.49-AM-300x202.png" alt="" width="300" height="202" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.49-AM-300x202.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.49-AM-1024x690.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.49-AM-768x517.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.49-AM.png 1134w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20453" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. A test specimen of length l increases by length Dl when subjected to axial tension and decreases by length Dl when subjected to axial compression. (Image: Rick Nelson)</figcaption></figure>
<p>Like the radian, strain is a ratio of lengths and is therefore dimensionless. It can be helpful, however, to think of it in units such as meters per meter. You’ll also see strain expressed in microstrain, abbreviated µ<em>e</em>, which is 1 millionth of <em>e</em>. If you have a specimen 1 meter long and you apply tension that expands its length by 1 micron, you’ll have a strain of 1 µ<em>e</em>.</p>
<p><strong>Q: OK, given that we’ve defined strain, what’s an effective way to measure it?<br />
</strong></p>
<figure id="attachment_20452" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20452" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.26-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20452 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.26-AM-300x215.png" alt="" width="300" height="215" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.26-AM-300x215.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.26-AM-1024x733.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.26-AM-768x550.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.27.26-AM.png 1288w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20452" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2. A metallic strain gauge (left) presents an increase in resistance under tension (center) and a decrease in resistance under compression (right). (Image: Rick Nelson)</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>A: </strong>Just as we can use a <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-does-a-thermocouple-work-and-do-i-really-need-an-ice-bath-part-1-of-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">thermocouple</a> to measure temperature or an <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/accelerometer-measures-ultra-low-level-vibration-on-structures/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">accelerometer</a> to measure vibration, we can use a metallic strain gauge to measure strain. The metallic strain gauge consists of a conductive foil pattern on a flexible insulating backing, such as the one shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, with the conductive foil shown in black and the insulating backing, called a carrier, shown in blue. The image on the left shows the strain gauge in an unstrained state, for which it has a resistance <em>R</em>. When a test specimen on which the gauge is mounted undergoes tension, as shown in the center, the vertical conductive elements of the pattern elongate and become thinner, and their resistance increases by an amount D<em>R</em>. Conversely, under compression, as shown on the right, the resistance decreases by D<em>R</em>.</p>
<p><strong>Q: How do we relate strain-gauge resistance changes to test-specimen length changes?<br />
A: </strong>Your strain gauge will have a parameter called gauge factor, abbreviated <em>GF</em>, which you will find on the data sheet. <em>GF</em>, usually about 2 for a metallic strain gauge,<sup>[1]</sup> relates to gauge resistance and specimen length as follows:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.26.32-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-20450" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.26.32-AM.png" alt="" width="229" height="86" /></a></p>
<p>Now we can solve for strain as a function of the resistances and gauge factor:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.26.55-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20451" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.26.55-AM.png" alt="" width="158" height="82" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Q: So we just glue the strain gauge to the specimen, and we are all set.<br />
A: </strong>Right, but you’ll need to use a special adhesive, such as cyanoacrylate, methacrylate, or epoxy resin, that can accurately transfer your specimen’s deformation to the strain gauge. Factors that influence which adhesive you use include the strain and temperature ranges.<sup>[2]</sup></p>
<p><strong>Q: How do we measure strain using the Wheatstone bridge?<br />
A: Figure 3</strong> is an alternate view of <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig2.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Figure 2</a> from <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-4/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">part 4</a> of our previous series. Here, <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> is an active strain gauge, and <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> is a dummy strain gauge used for temperature compensation. Note that the long, thin wires of <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> are mounted perpendicular to the direction of tension, so their resistance is unaffected by the strain, and you will not need a special adhesive. However, if you use two different adhesives, you should ensure that their thermal properties are similar.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20449" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20449" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.25.28-AM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-large wp-image-20449" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.25.28-AM-1024x594.png" alt="" width="1024" height="594" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.25.28-AM-1024x594.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.25.28-AM-300x174.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.25.28-AM-768x446.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Screen-Shot-2026-04-06-at-11.25.28-AM.png 1430w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20449" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. In this configuration, RX is an active strain gauge element, and R2 is a dummy used for temperature compensation. (Image: Rick Nelson)</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: So how do we calculate strain?<br />
A: </strong>We’ll look at the details of the calculation next time, after which we’ll discuss some additional strain-gauge considerations. For example, Figure 3 shows a half-bridge application with one active strain-gauge element, but other configurations are possible. We’ll also look at optimizing the excitation voltage (<em>V<sub>IN</sub></em> in Figure 3). Finally, strain-gauge applications often involve large structures, such as wide-body airframes, <a href="https://www.analogictips.com/if-you-are-working-with-antennas-here-are-some-tools-to-consider-part-1-of-2-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">antenna</a> towers, <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/u-s-open-tennis-stadiums-retractable-roof-is-mesmerizing-to-watch/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">stadiums</a>, buildings, or bridges, so we’ll look at lead-resistance and <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/why-are-analog-signal-conditioners-important/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">signal conditioning</a> considerations.</p>
<h3><strong>References</strong></h3>
<p>[1] <a href="https://www.ni.com/en/shop/data-acquisition/sensor-fundamentals/measuring-strain-with-strain-gages.html?srsltid=AfmBOooOYJfaDhUoL4BKcHTGXqRWHWlABmWLAyec2E96-VgSMcYjSr-l" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Measuring Strain with Strain Gages</a>, Emerson<br />
[2] <a href="https://www.hbkworld.com/en/knowledge/resource-center/articles/selecting-adhesives-for-strain-gauge-installation1#!ref_hbm.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How to Select the Right Adhesive for your Strain Gauge Installation</a>, HBK</p>
<h3><strong>Related EEWorld Online content</strong></h3>
<p><a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/why-are-analog-signal-conditioners-important/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Why are analog signal conditioners important?</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/sensors-expert-talks-data-acquisition-iot-wearables-and-ai/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Sensors expert talks data acquisition, IoT, wearables, and AI</a><br />
<a href="https://www.analogictips.com/if-you-are-working-with-antennas-here-are-some-tools-to-consider-part-1-of-2-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">If you are working with antennas, here are some tools to consider, Part 1</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 1</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-to-choose-analog-signal-chain-components-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How to choose analog-signal-chain components: part 1</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-does-a-thermocouple-work-and-do-i-really-need-an-ice-bath-part-1-of-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How does a thermocouple work, and do I really need an ice bath? part 1</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-1/">Defining and measuring strain: part 1</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/defining-and-measuring-strain-part-1/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>AWG option enables real-time frequency and amplitude control</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/awg-option-enables-real-time-frequency-and-amplitude-control/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/awg-option-enables-real-time-frequency-and-amplitude-control/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Aimee Kalnoskas]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 20:31:31 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[arbitrary waveform generators]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wireless test equipment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AWG]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spectrum Instrumentation]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20460</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Spectrum Instrumentation has introduced a Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS) option for its 65xx series Arbitrary Waveform Generators (AWGs), extending DDS functionality across its full AWG portfolio to more than 70 product variants. In DDS mode, each channel can generate up to 16 individual sine-wave tones, with frequency, amplitude, and phase adjustable via simple commands, and [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/awg-option-enables-real-time-frequency-and-amplitude-control/">AWG option enables real-time frequency and amplitude control</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Pic1-DDS-scaled.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignright size-medium wp-image-20461" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Pic1-DDS-300x186.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="186" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Pic1-DDS-300x186.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Pic1-DDS-1024x636.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Pic1-DDS-768x477.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Pic1-DDS-1536x954.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Pic1-DDS-2048x1272.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><a href="https://spectrum-instrumentation.com/">Spectrum Instrumentation</a> has introduced a Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS) option for its 65xx series Arbitrary Waveform Generators (AWGs), extending DDS functionality across its full AWG portfolio to more than 70 product variants. In DDS mode, each channel can generate up to 16 individual sine-wave tones, with frequency, amplitude, and phase adjustable via simple commands, and parameter changes spaced as closely as 8 nanoseconds. The 65xx series supports output rates from 40 MS/s to 125 MS/s, 16-bit resolution, bandwidths up to 70 MHz, and scales from 1 to 80 fully synchronized channels. Instruments are available as PCIe cards or LXI Ethernet-controlled stand-alone units.</p>
<p>The DDS option adds frequency and amplitude slopes, flexible command sequencing, and real-time signal adaptation without large data transfers or complex waveform calculations. These capabilities address applications including network stimulation, filter and amplifier testing, vibration shaker control for mechanical resonance testing, and simulation of power fault conditions for circuit fault detection. Software support covers Windows and Linux, with programming interfaces for Python, MATLAB, C++, and LabVIEW, plus a no-code DDS CONTROL GUI for direct signal generation. All products include lifetime technical support from Spectrum Instrumentation&#8217;s engineering team and free software and firmware updates.</p>
<p>Link to <a href="https://youtu.be/J77Jo5H53VM" target="_blank" rel="noopener">video</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/awg-option-enables-real-time-frequency-and-amplitude-control/">AWG option enables real-time frequency and amplitude control</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/awg-option-enables-real-time-frequency-and-amplitude-control/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Liquid Instruments showcases hardware platform and generative HDL coding tool</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/liquid-instruments-showcases-hardware-platform-and-generative-hdl-coding-tool/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/liquid-instruments-showcases-hardware-platform-and-generative-hdl-coding-tool/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Aimee Kalnoskas]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 02:49:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[AI Engineering Collective]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Automation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Test software programming]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DesignCon 2026]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gen AI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[liquid Instruments]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20458</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>At DesignCon 2026, Liquid Instruments displayed the Moku:Delta hardware platform and a new AI tool called Generative Instrumentation. Moku:Delta is a meaningful hardware upgrade over its predecessor, featuring eight channels instead of four, a larger FPGA, improved analog input noise performance, and QSFP ports that support high-speed data streaming up to 80 Gbps. The device [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/liquid-instruments-showcases-hardware-platform-and-generative-hdl-coding-tool/">Liquid Instruments showcases hardware platform and generative HDL coding tool</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>At DesignCon 2026, Liquid Instruments displayed the <a href="https://liquidinstruments.com/products/hardware-platforms/mokudelta/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Moku:Delta hardware platform</a> and a new AI tool called <a href="https://liquidinstruments.com/generative-instrumentation/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Generative Instrumentation.</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/generative-instrumentation.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignright wp-image-20459" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/generative-instrumentation-1024x640.jpg" alt="" width="571" height="357" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/generative-instrumentation-1024x640.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/generative-instrumentation-300x187.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/generative-instrumentation-768x480.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/generative-instrumentation-1536x960.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/generative-instrumentation-2048x1279.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></a>Moku:Delta is a meaningful hardware upgrade over its predecessor, featuring eight channels instead of four, a larger FPGA, improved analog input noise performance, and QSFP ports that support high-speed data streaming up to 80 Gbps. The device runs eight instruments simultaneously at 2 GHz, consolidating significant test-and-measurement capability into a single unit.</p>
<p>Generative Instrumentation is an AI-powered tool that writes HDL/Verilog code on behalf of the engineer, removing the steep learning curve traditionally associated with custom FPGA instrument development. Engineers describe what they need, the tool generates and compiles the code, and the entire process remains fully auditable in real time. Auto-generated plain-language documentation accompanies each build. Public release is slated for later this spring.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/liquid-instruments-showcases-hardware-platform-and-generative-hdl-coding-tool/">Liquid Instruments showcases hardware platform and generative HDL coding tool</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/liquid-instruments-showcases-hardware-platform-and-generative-hdl-coding-tool/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How physics relates signal integrity, power integrity, and EMC</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-physics-relates-signal-integrity-power-integrity-and-emc/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-physics-relates-signal-integrity-power-integrity-and-emc/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Istvan Novak, Samtec]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 09:14:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[EMI/EMC/RFI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured Contributions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power supplies]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMC]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[powerintegrity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[samtec]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[signal integrity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[signalintegrity]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20367</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>There came a time when high-speed electronic circuits reached speeds that required engineers to analyze the design for signal integrity (SI), power integrity (PI), and electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Prior to that time, dedicated experts in separate teams focused primarily on their main specialty. The result: lengthy product review cycles when subsequent teams from these disciplines [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-physics-relates-signal-integrity-power-integrity-and-emc/">How physics relates signal integrity, power integrity, and EMC</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>There came a time when high-speed electronic circuits reached speeds that required engineers to analyze the design for signal integrity (SI), power integrity (PI), and electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Prior to that time, dedicated experts in separate teams focused primarily on their main specialty. The result: lengthy product review cycles when subsequent teams from these disciplines requested and implemented improvements that were actually bad for the others. When these teams started to cooperate more tightly and coordinated the reviews to find common solutions, commonalities and differences emerged, all rooted in the same basic physics laws. Here&#8217;s why.</p>
<p>At first glimpse, you may not realize the common thread in the three sketches in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. The left (a) shows a transmission-line symbol. The middle (b) shows a fraction of a schematic, potentially depicting two components on a power-distribution network (PDN). The right (c) shows a satellite communications example. Basic physics tells us that you can view all three in the context of characteristic impedance and propagation delay.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20380" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20380" style="width: 1134px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20380 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_fig1.jpg" alt="" width="1134" height="440" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_fig1.jpg 1134w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_fig1-300x116.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_fig1-1024x397.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_fig1-768x298.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1134px) 100vw, 1134px" /><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20380" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. SI, PI, and EMC relate to each other through characteristic impedance and propagation delay.</figcaption></figure>
<h3>Signal Integrity Perspective</h3>
<p>SI engineers are familiar with the fundamental equations that describe the <em>Z<sub>0</sub></em> characteristic impedance and <em>t<sub>pd</sub></em> propagation delay of uniform interconnects. If we ignore losses, these equations became a function of per-unit-length inductance (<em>L</em>) and per-unit-length capacitance (<em>C</em>) of the transmission line.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20368" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_eq1-2.jpg" alt="" width="246" height="184" /></p>
<p>The center schematic snippet may represent the simplified impedance of a DC source (<em>R<sub>1</sub></em> and <em>L</em>) and a bulk capacitor (<em>C</em> and <em>R<sub>2</sub></em>) in the frequency range where the DC source becomes inductive, and the bulk capacitor’s impedance flattens out. PI engineers would know that if we want a smooth transition between the two impedances, we need to ensure the following:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20369" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_eq3.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="105" />We also know that the <em>f<sub>c</sub></em> resonance frequency between the capacitor and inductor is:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20370" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_eq4.jpg" alt="" width="286" height="80" /></p>
<p>Though this is just a one-port lumped circuit, we can notice that (3) and (4) have essentially the same form of expressions as (1) and (2).</p>
<p>We may also wonder what is the corresponding item in Figure 1a to <em>R<sub>1</sub></em> and <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> in Figure 1b? Figures 2 and 3 explain and illustrate the connection. In short, when <em>R<sub>1</sub></em> and <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> in (3) are the same, they represent what we may call the lumped characteristic impedance of this circuit, making the impedance of the circuit frequency independent, just as terminating a lossless transmission line with its characteristic impedance makes its input impedance frequency independent.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the input impedance magnitude of a lossless 50-Ω transmission line with 2.5 ns propagation delay with different values of load resistance (<em>R<sub>load</sub></em>). At low frequencies, where the transmission line is electrically very short, the input impedance magnitude equals the load resistance. At higher frequencies, we notice the familiar periodic fluctuation of the input impedance. Notice the logarithmic frequency scale that compresses the sinusoidal variation as a function of frequency. As the load resistance approaches the characteristic impedance, the impedance peaks and valleys come closer and eventually, when the load resistance equals the characteristic impedance, the curve becomes a straight line. This shows what SI engineers know well: terminating the transmission line with its characteristic impedance eliminates reflections over a wide range of frequencies.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20381" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20381" style="width: 1188px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20381 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_fig2.jpg" alt="Lossless transmission line impedance" width="1188" height="633" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_fig2.jpg 1188w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_fig2-300x160.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_fig2-1024x546.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_fig2-768x409.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1188px) 100vw, 1188px" /><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20381" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2: Input impedance of a lossless transmission line is a function of load resistance and frequency.<br /><em>L</em> = 125 nH, <em>C</em> = 50 pF, <em>Z<sub>0</sub></em> = 50 Ω, <em>t<sub>pd</sub></em> = 2.5 ns.</figcaption></figure>
<h3>Power Integrity Perspective</h3>
<p><strong>Figure 3</strong> illustrates how this relates to PI. We use the schematics from Figure 1 to look at the combined impedance of the parallel-connected <em>R<sub>1</sub></em>&#8211;<em>L</em> and <em>C</em>&#8211;<em>R<sub>2</sub></em> network. The component values on the left illustrate potentially a medium-power DC source (this is the <em>R<sub>1</sub></em>&#8211;<em>L</em> leg) interacting with the bulk capacitor, represented by the <em>C</em>&#8211;<em>R<sub>2</sub></em> leg. We vary only one component value, <em>R<sub>2</sub></em>, which in this example represents the equivalent series resistance (ESR) of the capacitor.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20405" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20405" style="width: 2467px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig3.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-20405" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig3.jpg" alt="" width="2467" height="1045" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig3.jpg 2467w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig3-300x127.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig3-1024x434.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig3-768x325.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig3-1536x651.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig3-2048x868.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2467px) 100vw, 2467px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20405" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. PI illustration of lumped characteristic impedance. Circuit schematics with component values on the left, impedance magnitude plot on the right.<br /><em>L</em> = 10 nH, <em>C</em> = 100 µF, <em>Z<sub>0</sub></em> = 10 mΩ, <em>t<sub>pd</sub></em>= 1 µs.</figcaption></figure>
<p>On the impedance plot in Figure 3, the black line represents the <em>R1</em>&#8211;<em>L</em> leg, the red lines show the impedance of the <em>C</em>&#8211;<em>R<sub>2</sub></em> leg for the three <em>C</em>&#8211;<em>R<sub>2</sub></em> values (short dashed line: <em>R<sub>2</sub>_max</em>, solid line <em>R<sub>2</sub>_nom</em>, long-dashed line: <em>R<sub>2</sub>_min</em>) and the blue lines represent the combined impedance magnitude for the three <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> values. We can see that when <em>R<sub>1</sub></em> equals <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> (and it also equals the</p>
<p><em>L</em>/<em>C</em> = 10 mΩ value), the impedance magnitude plot becomes frequency independent, similar to the input impedance of a matched-terminated lossless transmission line. Another similarity is that pushing <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> lower than the optimum value required for flatness actually creates an impedance peak at the <em>LC</em> resonance frequency.</p>
<p>To make the connection between the SI and PI illustrations in terms of cutoff frequency and propagation delay as well. <strong>Figure 4</strong> and <strong>Figure 5</strong> compare the frequency-domain and time-domain behavior of two circuits: a transmission line with <em>Z<sub>0</sub></em> = 10 mΩ and <em>t<sub>pd</sub></em> = 1 µs propagation delay. For this, take the SI illustration circuit from Figure 2 and rerun that simulation with the characteristic impedance, <em>LC</em> values, and relative load impedance steps around 10 mΩ nominal value. Though a transmission line with 10 mΩ characteristic impedance is not practical for our typical signaling tasks, it matches the component values in our PI example in Figure 3.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20383" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20383" style="width: 2560px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20383 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig4-scaled.jpg" alt="" width="2560" height="1128" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig4-scaled.jpg 2560w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig4-300x132.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig4-1024x451.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig4-768x338.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig4-1536x677.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig4-2048x902.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2560px) 100vw, 2560px" /><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20383" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 4. Input impedance of a lossless transmission line as a function of load resistance. At 0.01 Ω, the impedance is not frequency dependent. <br />L = 10 nH, C = 100 µF, <em>Z<sub>0</sub></em> = 0.01 Ω, <em>t<sub>pd</sub></em> = 1 µs.</figcaption></figure>
<p>Figure 5 shows the result of using extreme termination and looking at the response with fast step excitations. We take the transmission lines from Figure 2 and the equivalent transmission line from Figure 4 and apply a fast voltage source with a 0 V to 1 V swing.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20406" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20406" style="width: 2560px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig5-scaled.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-20406" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig5-scaled.jpg" alt="" width="2560" height="830" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig5-scaled.jpg 2560w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig5-300x97.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig5-1024x332.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig5-768x249.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig5-1536x498.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_Fig5-2048x664.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2560px) 100vw, 2560px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20406" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 5. Transient step response of circuits from Figures 2 and 4 with extreme terminations. Left: 50-Ω transmission line with 5-Ω source and 500-Ω load resistance. Right: 10-mΩ equivalent transmission line with 1-mΩ source and 100-mΩ load resistance.</figcaption></figure>
<p>Both waveforms show a damped periodic square-wave ringing, where the period of the ringing equals four times the propagation delay: 10 ns for the 50-Ω transmission line and 4 µs for the transmission line approximating the power circuit. (The 4x multiplier comes from the well-known quarter-wave resonator structure, since we have low impedance at one end and high impedance termination at the other end.)</p>
<p>Another way to view these circuits is to stay with the lumped circuit equivalent of the power circuit. The 10 nH inductance and 100 µF capacitor could be considered as the inductance and capacitance of a single-lump <em>LC</em> approximation of a transmission line. This leads us to the schematics shown on the left of <strong>Figure 6</strong>. We use the same source and load conditions we used on Figure 5: 1 mΩ source resistance and 100 mΩ load resistance.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20385" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20385" style="width: 1466px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20385 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig6.jpg" alt="" width="1466" height="513" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig6.jpg 1466w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig6-300x105.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig6-1024x358.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI-PI-EMC_Fig6-768x269.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1466px) 100vw, 1466px" /><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20385" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 6. <em>LC</em> resonance frequency of the power circuit shows a peak before dropping.</figcaption></figure>
<p>From these figures, we can summarize that the lowest resonance frequency in a distributed transmission line occurs at the quarter-wave resonance:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-20371" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_eq5-300x75.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="75" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_eq5-300x75.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_eq5.jpg 342w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>The resonance frequency of the lumped <em>LC</em> circuit from Figure 6 was given in (4). Though the constant in the formula is slightly different, both expressions rely on the square root of the <em>LC</em> product.</p>
<h3>EMC Perspective</h3>
<p>Recall that Figure 1 includes an EMC case, where electromagnetic waves travel through a dielectric medium, most often through free space. In free space, we cannot speak about the medium&#8217;s capacitance and inductance. Instead, we can look at the permittivity and permeability material constants, which are proportional to capacitance and inductance when conductors form terminals. The permittivity of free space is ε<sub>0</sub> = 8.85 pF/m, and the permeability of free space is µ<sub>0</sub> = 4π × 10<sup>-7</sup> H/m. If we substitute <em>L</em> and <em>C</em> with these material constants and units, we get the very familiar results: the 120π= 377 Ω impedance of free space (in the far field) and the inverse of the speed of light: <em>c</em> = 3 × 10<sup>8</sup> m/s.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-20372" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_eq6-7-300x116.jpg" alt="" width="331" height="128" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_eq6-7-300x116.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/SI_PI_EMC_eq6-7.jpg 488w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 331px) 100vw, 331px" /></p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>From these examples, I&#8217;ve shown how the three disciplines — SI, PI, and EMC — are related. Even though they were introduced at different times and were motivated by seemingly different practical concerns, they share the same roots. PI engineers tend not to think about reflections during the design of lumped power distribution circuits. SI people tend to think of interconnects as conductor-bound distributed transmission lines, even though their behavior can also be described using lumped expressions. EMC people consider electromagnetic waves bouncing around in space. You can see how propagating waves connect transmission lines and lumped circuits through basic formulas. Once you understand their common roots, you can appreciate that distance along the signal propagation comes with finite delay and can be associated with inductance, no matter which discipline you look at. You can also see that the lumped equivalent circuit of a power distribution network can relate to reflections, commonly used in the context of transmission lines. Knowing these common roots helps you make more effective and better designs.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-physics-relates-signal-integrity-power-integrity-and-emc/">How physics relates signal integrity, power integrity, and EMC</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-physics-relates-signal-integrity-power-integrity-and-emc/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>R&#038;S MXO3 Oscilloscope for EMC measurements: part 1</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-1/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-1/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Kenneth Wyatt]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 09:21:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Digital Oscilloscope]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMI/EMC/RFI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mixed-signal Oscilloscope]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[digital oscilloscope]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMC]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMC measurements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[rohdeschwarz]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20410</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Rohde &#38; Schwarz recently announced the MXO3, a 1 GHz, 12-bit oscilloscope. The company sent a review unit. In this part, I found that it has some nice features for making EMC measurements, though it could use another. R&#38;S sent me a model MXO38, the eight-channel version with built-in 50 MHz single-channel AWG and two [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-1/">R&#038;S MXO3 Oscilloscope for EMC measurements: part 1</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Rohde &amp; Schwarz recently announced the MXO3, a 1 GHz, 12-bit oscilloscope. The company sent a review unit. In this part, I found that it has some nice features for making EMC measurements, though it could use another.</em></p>
<p>R&amp;S sent me a model MXO38, the eight-channel version with built-in 50 MHz single-channel AWG and two optional 8-bit digital channels. At just 15-in. wide x 9-in. tall x 6-in. deep, the MXO3-series is scaled down to fit most lab benches [1]. I&#8217;ve been using their larger MXO4 for a few months, so I was immediately familiar with the user interface, which is laid out intuitively and just the same. The MXO4-series is an inch wider and an inch taller with the same 6&#8243; depth. The smaller MXO3 just seems more at home on my test bench. The base price for the four-channel model is $5,890, while the base price for the eight-channel model is $13,800.</p>
<p>As <strong>Figure 1</strong> shows, R&amp;S reduced the size when designing the MXO-series compared to the MXO4, yet kept most of the basic specs. The 1 mV low-noise vertical sensitivity, 12-bit resolution, 500 Msamples memory depth, and 21 ns trigger re-arm allow a terrific FFT spectrum display. The waveform capture is 4.5 million waveforms per second, providing real-time capture of up to 99%. From an EMC perspective, this provides a nearly real-time spectrum capture.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20430" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20430" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig01.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20430 size-large" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig01-1024x582.jpg" alt="MXO3 and MXO4 oscilloscopes" width="1024" height="582" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig01-1024x582.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig01-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig01-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig01-1536x873.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig01.jpg 2000w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20430" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. The Rohde &amp; Schwarz MXO3 and MXO4 side by side show the MXO3&#8217;s smaller size, which consumes less bench space. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>The 11.6-in. full HD touch screen provides plenty of room for multiple waveforms. For this EMC engineer, a big advantage is the ability to display up to four independent spectral displays simultaneously.</p>
<p>The MXO3 menu system is straightforward, and the keyboard is well laid out. Top to bottom, the front panel includes triggering, horizontal, vertical, and various modes: Autoset, Preset, cursor control, and screen capture buttons (<strong>Figure 2</strong>).</p>
<figure id="attachment_20416" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20416" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig02.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20416 size-large" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig02-1024x633.jpg" alt="MXO3 oscilloscope" width="1024" height="633" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig02-1024x633.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig02-300x186.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig02-768x475.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig02-1536x950.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig02.jpg 1800w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20416" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2. The front panel controls for the MXO3 are nearly identical to those of the MXO4 series and other Rohde &amp; Schwarz oscilloscopes. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<figure id="attachment_20417" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20417" style="width: 153px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig03.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20417" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig03-181x300.jpg" alt="MXO3 oscilloscope" width="153" height="254" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig03-181x300.jpg 181w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig03-617x1024.jpg 617w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig03-768x1275.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig03.jpg 800w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 153px) 100vw, 153px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20417" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. The MXO3 oscilloscope&#8217;s rear panel ports include USB, LAN, HDMI, trigger in and out, and function-generator output. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>In use, I found the default backlight was too bright for my office lab. This can be adjusted via Menu &gt; Settings &gt; Display &gt; then touch the Backlight button and use the universal control knob (lower panel) to set the level.</p>
<p>Ports located on the rear include the usual communications connections, plus an HDMI port for connecting an external monitor (<strong>Figure 3</strong>). You&#8217;ll also find Trigger In and Trigger Out connectors, as well as the 50 MHz arbitrary waveform generator (AWG) RF output. The AWG is controlled from the front and can be set to several normal waveforms, including sample ECG and EEG.<br />
<br clear="all" /><strong>Figure 4</strong> shows the two 8-channel digital input ports. Being an EMC engineer, I did not test the digital ports. Attaching the cables could potentially pull on the connectors, causing reliability issues.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20418" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20418" style="width: 144px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig04.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20418" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig04-204x300.jpg" alt="MXO3 oscilloscope digital ports" width="144" height="212" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig04-204x300.jpg 204w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig04-696x1024.jpg 696w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig04-768x1130.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_part1_Fig04.jpg 966w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 144px) 100vw, 144px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20418" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 4. The MXO3 oscilloscope&#8217;s two 8-channel digital ports are located on the right side of the instrument. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<h3><strong>Setting up the MXO38 for EMC measurements</strong></h3>
<p>When I&#8217;m looking for clock harmonics on a PCB or cable, I&#8217;ll set the vertical sensitivity to the most sensitive: 1 mV/division. For larger signals such as power conversion circuits, I&#8217;ll use the Autoset button to get me in the general range, then adjust trigger level, horizontal, and vertical adjustments to obtain the best viewable display.</p>
<p>Next, I turn on the spectrum analyzer by either selecting Menu &gt; Spectrum or simply pressing the &#8220;Spec&#8221; button in the vertical section of the front panel. You&#8217;ll obtain the menu selections shown in <strong>Figure 5</strong>.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20419" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20419" style="width: 946px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig05.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20419 size-large" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig05-946x1024.jpg" alt="MXO3 oscilloscope spectrum setup" width="946" height="1024" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig05-946x1024.jpg 946w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig05-277x300.jpg 277w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig05-768x832.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig05-1419x1536.jpg 1419w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig05.jpg 1800w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 946px) 100vw, 946px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20419" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 5. The spectrum analyzer menu is easy to use. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>I usually prefer to set the Start and Stop frequencies manually, so press Start/Stop, then double-tap the Start and manually enter the desired start frequency. I usually leave this at the default &#8220;zero&#8221;. Repeat this by double-tapping the Stop button and manually setting the frequency. Sometimes, I will leave this at the default 1 GHz if I wish to see the whole spectrum.</p>
<p>Next, I like to turn off Auto resolution bandwidth (RBW), so I can manually set it to 100 kHz or 120 kHz (MIL or commercial, respectively), depending on what the appropriate standard requires for frequencies below 1 GHz.</p>
<p>I set the Window Type to the default Blackman-Harris setting. Note that there are four capture modes: Normal, Min Hold, Max Hold, and Average. For general probing, you should leave this set to Normal. For intermittent or broadband signals, I often use Max Hold to capture the signal envelopes for a few seconds.</p>
<p>The last steps include pressing Scale and choosing dBµV from the default dBm. Usually, I didn&#8217;t have to change the default scale factors, but you can change them as needed. This setup was far easier than I&#8217;ve seen on other manufacturers&#8217; oscilloscopes.</p>
<p>The spectrum analyzer menu includes a feature that automatically adds peak markers (Peak List; <strong>Figure 6</strong>) to spectral peaks. These labels include frequency and amplitude for each peak, as you&#8217;ll see later. You can add annotations (text, arrows, boxes, etc.) to the display. The oscilloscope stores screen captures in its internal memory or on a USB thumb drive, if installed. You can save and recall setups as well.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20420" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20420" style="width: 1800px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig06.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20420 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig06.jpg" alt="MXO3 oscilloscope spectrum peak list" width="1800" height="2042" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig06.jpg 1800w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig06-264x300.jpg 264w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig06-903x1024.jpg 903w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig06-768x871.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig06-1354x1536.jpg 1354w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20420" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 6. The Peak List menu controls the number of labeled peaks according to threshold and excursion.</figcaption></figure>
<h3><strong>EMC measurements</strong></h3>
<p>Let&#8217;s try it out on some basic EMC characterization measurements on an Arduino Due Version R3 embedded processor, as there&#8217;s plenty to see. Let&#8217;s dive in!</p>
<p>This older model Arduino Due R3 is ideal for testing because it includes a conventional DC-DC converter with a switch inductor easily accessible (<strong>Figure 7</strong>). It is based on an Atmel ATSAM3X8E ARM Cortex 32-bit processor clocking at 84 MHz (12 MHz clock oscillator). The DC-DC converter runs at about 500 kHz and USB at 16 MHz. We&#8217;ll see all those signals clearly. I had to order mine from eBay, as the newest versions of the board do not include the same type of power conversion circuit.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20421" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20421" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig07.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20421 size-large" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig07-1024x574.jpg" alt="Arduino Due R3" width="1024" height="574" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig07-1024x574.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig07-300x168.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig07-768x430.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig07-1536x861.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig07.jpg 2000w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20421" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 7. The Arduino Due R3 is a basic embedded processor board that includes a DC-DC converter. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>Let&#8217;s make some real measurements. A proper characterization of a product for radiated emissions requires three steps. I discuss this in detail in volume 2 of my EMC Troubleshooting Trilogy books [2]. We&#8217;ll demonstrate the first step in this article.</p>
<ol>
<li>Near-field probing to characterize the spectral response for all high-energy components</li>
<li>Characterization of high-frequency cable harmonic currents for all attached cables</li>
<li>Measurements a short distance away (~1 m) to confirm the harmonics that actually radiate</li>
</ol>
<p>I used an R&amp;S <a href="https://www.rohde-schwarz.com/us/products/test-and-measurement/oscilloscope-probes/emc-near-field-probes-for-oscilloscopes_63493-73798.html">H-field probe</a> (1 cm loop) for all the measurement points (<strong>Figure 8</strong>). Near-field probing of a PC board or cable should always be the first step. We want to identify each high-energy component and document its spectral characteristics.</p>
<p><figure id="attachment_20422" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20422" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig08.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-large wp-image-20422" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig08-1024x954.jpg" alt="Sensepeek magnetic holder" width="1024" height="954" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig08-1024x954.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig08-300x280.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig08-768x716.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig08-1536x1432.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig08.jpg 2000w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20422" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 8. Ready to test. The Arduino board is mounted using a Sensepeek [4] magnetic holder. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>Later, when we start to measure harmonic currents in attached cables, we should be able to correlate which energy sources are coupling to which cables. Not all harmonic currents on cables will actually radiate efficiently, so we then use a close-spaced antenna to confirm.</p>
<p>A loop probe couples nicely to the switch inductor of the DC-DC buck converter, which allows us to observe many important waveforms and spectral displays (<strong>Figure 9</strong>).</p>
<figure id="attachment_20434" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20434" style="width: 1905px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt-pt1-Fig09-MXO3-EMC.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20434 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt-pt1-Fig09-MXO3-EMC.jpg" alt="oscilloscope H-field probe" width="1905" height="1011" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt-pt1-Fig09-MXO3-EMC.jpg 1905w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt-pt1-Fig09-MXO3-EMC-300x159.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt-pt1-Fig09-MXO3-EMC-1024x543.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt-pt1-Fig09-MXO3-EMC-768x408.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt-pt1-Fig09-MXO3-EMC-1536x815.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1905px) 100vw, 1905px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20434" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 9. The H-field loop is coupled by placing it flat against the switch inductor.</figcaption></figure>
<p>Using cursors and measuring the distance between switched waveforms confirms the converter is switching at a little over 500 kHz. There is ringing due to operating in discontinuous conduction mode (DCM). This ringing will manifest as a broad peak at the ring frequency, in this case, 4.2 MHz. You can observe this peak in <strong>Figure 10</strong>. I describe this concept in more detail in [3]. We can observe that each frequency spike occurs at 500 kHz intervals.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20424" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20424" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig10.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20424 size-large" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig10-1024x576.png" alt="oscilloscope DC-DC converter measurements" width="1024" height="576" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig10-1024x576.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig10-300x169.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig10-768x432.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig10-1536x864.png 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig10.png 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20424" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 10. Measurement of the DC-DC switch-mode converter shows the harmonic peaks. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s look at the 12-MHz crystal oscillator, shown in <strong>Figure 11</strong>. Probing near the oscillator confirms the 12-MHz harmonics. Here, we&#8217;ve increased the upper frequency limit to 500 MHz.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20425" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20425" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig11-scaled.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20425 size-large" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig11-1024x523.jpg" alt="H-field probe oscilloscope" width="1024" height="523" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig11-1024x523.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig11-300x153.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig11-768x392.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig11-1536x785.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig11-2048x1046.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20425" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 11. The H-filed probe is shown over the board&#8217;s 12 MHz processor clock. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>Note the use of Peak List to identify major harmonics. The adjustments, Max Results, Threshold, and Peak Excursion can be varied to automatically label just the most important peaks. Note that the delta difference in adjacent peaks in <strong>Figure 12</strong> is exactly 12 MHz and that some harmonics extend out to 500 MHz, or more.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20426" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20426" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig12.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20426 size-large" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig12-1024x576.png" alt="MXO3 oscilloscope frequency peaks" width="1024" height="576" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig12-1024x576.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig12-300x169.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig12-768x432.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig12-1536x864.png 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig12.png 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20426" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 12. Spectral display shows the 12-MHz harmonics and each peak&#8217;s frequency. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>Next, let&#8217;s measure the 16-MHz USB clock.</p>
<p>Again, I coupled the probe to the USB IC and its 16-MHz clock oscillator in <strong>Figure 13</strong>. Note that the delta difference in adjacent peaks is exactly 12 MHz and that some harmonics extend out to 400 MHz, shown in <strong>Figure 14</strong>.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20435" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20435" style="width: 1800px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_pt1_fig13.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-full wp-image-20435" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_pt1_fig13.jpg" alt="H-field oscilloscope probe" width="1800" height="1445" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_pt1_fig13.jpg 1800w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_pt1_fig13-300x241.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_pt1_fig13-1024x822.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_pt1_fig13-768x617.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_pt1_fig13-1536x1233.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1800px) 100vw, 1800px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20435" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 13. Probing the USB clock of 16 MHz with an H-field probe.</figcaption></figure>
<figure id="attachment_20428" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20428" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig14.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20428 size-large" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig14-1024x576.png" alt="MXO3 oscilloscope frequency display" width="1024" height="576" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig14-1024x576.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig14-300x169.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig14-768x432.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig14-1536x864.png 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Wyatt_MXO3_Part1_Fig14.png 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20428" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 14. The resulting spectrum of the 16 MHz USB clock shows the fundamental frequency and harmonics. (Image: Ken Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<h3><strong>Summary</strong></h3>
<p>I found the MXO3 oscilloscope is very useful for general EMC debugging and troubleshooting. The ability to observe both the time domain and frequency domain with its fast capture is a real advantage. Up to eight waveforms may be stored for comparison to the measured waveform. This will greatly help in comparing &#8220;before and after&#8221; measurements as various mitigations are tried.</p>
<p>Part 2 of this series will discuss how to measure high-frequency currents on cables. Because cables are the most frequent contributor to radiated emissions, characterizing these harmonic currents is really one of the most important steps in mitigating emissions. We&#8217;ll also demonstrate how to connect a simple antenna to the scope to measure the relative strength of the actual emissions.</p>
<h3><strong>References</strong></h3>
<p>[1] Rohde &amp; Schwarz, <a href="https://www.rohde-schwarz.com/us/home_48230.html">https://www.rohde-schwarz.com/us/home_48230.html</a><br />
[2] Wyatt, EMC Troubleshooting Trilogy, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/stores/Kenneth-Wyatt/author/B00SNQ1LJ2">https://www.amazon.com/stores/Kenneth-Wyatt/author/B00SNQ1LJ2</a><br />
[3] Sensepeek, <a href="https://sensepeek.com">https://sensepeek.com</a><br />
[4] Wyatt, Review: PCBite circuit board holder and probe kit, <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/review-pcbite-circuit-board-holder-and-probe-kit/">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/review-pcbite-circuit-board-holder-and-probe-kit/</a><br />
[5] Wyatt, Characterize EMI from DC-DC converter ringing, <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/characterize-emi-from-dc-dc-converter-ringing/">https://www.eeworldonline.com/characterize-emi-from-dc-dc-converter-ringing/</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-1/">R&#038;S MXO3 Oscilloscope for EMC measurements: part 1</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/rs-mxo3-oscilloscope-for-emc-measurements-part-1/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 4</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-4/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-4/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Rick Nelson]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 09:17:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Bench Test]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meters & Testers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[digital multimeter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Kirchhoff’s laws]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20387</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We can use a Wheatstone bridge voltage measurement to determine an unknown resistance value. In part 3 of this series, we used Kirchhoff’s voltage law to derive the branch currents and node voltages for an unbalanced Wheatstone bridge with five known, fixed resistors (Figure 1). Now, we propose to replace R5 with a digital multimeter [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-4/">Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 4</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>We can use a Wheatstone bridge voltage measurement to determine an unknown resistance value.</em></p>
<p>In <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-3/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">part 3</a> of this series, we used <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/does-kirchhoffs-voltage-law-really-fail-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Kirchhoff’s voltage law</a> to derive the branch currents and node voltages for an unbalanced <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wheatstone-bridge-part-2-additional-considerations/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wheatstone bridge</a> with five known, fixed resistors (<strong>Figure 1</strong>). Now, we propose to replace R5 with a <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/some-surprising-facts-about-multimeters-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">digital multimeter</a> (DMM) to directly measure <em>V<sub>V</sub></em> – <em>V<sub>X</sub></em> and use that measurement to determine the value of an unknown resistor in the position of <em>R<sub>4</sub></em>.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20397" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20397" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig1.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20397 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig1-300x197.jpg" alt="Circuit shows Kirchoff's laws Whatstone bridge" width="300" height="197" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig1-300x197.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig1-1024x672.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig1-768x504.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig1.jpg 1120w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20397" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. We can adapt this circuit to use the <em>V<sub>V</sub></em> – <em>V<sub>X</sub></em> voltage to determine the resistance of an unknown resistor in the position of <em>R<sub>4</sub></em>.</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: Could we backtrack first? Last time, we solved three loop equations. I was trying to use Kirchhoff’s current law to write six-node equations and got lost. Could you elaborate?</strong></p>
<p>How far did you get?<br />
<em>I<sub>IN</sub></em> = <em>I<sub>1</sub></em> + <em>I<sub>2</sub></em>, <em>I<sub>1</sub></em> = <em>I<sub>3</sub></em> + <em>I<sub>5</sub></em>, I2 = <em>I<sub>4</sub></em> + <em>I<sub>5</sub></em>, <em>I<sub>3</sub></em> = <em>I<sub>1</sub></em> &#8211; <em>I<sub>5</sub></em>…</p>
<p>Stop there. Your first three are good, but the last one is just a restatement of the second one. We need an independent equation for <em>I<sub>3</sub></em>.</p>
<p><strong>We know <em>I<sub>3</sub> = <em>V<sub>V</sub></em>/<em>R<sub>3</sub></em>, but we don’t know <em>V<sub>V</sub></em>.</em></strong><br />
Right, but we can express <em>V<sub>V</sub></em> in terms of one of our original six unknowns, namely <em>I<sub>1</sub></em>. <em>V<sub>V</sub></em> is <em>V<sub>IN</sub></em> minus the voltage drop across <em>R<sub>1</sub></em>, which is <em>I<sub>1</sub></em> times <em>R<sub>1</sub></em>. Substituting our component values, we can write:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20388" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqI3.jpg" alt="" width="476" height="92" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqI3.jpg 476w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqI3-300x58.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></p>
<p>Similarly, we can derive <em>V<sub>X</sub></em> as a function of <em>I<sub>2</sub></em> and solve for <em>I<sub>4</sub></em>:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20389" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqI4.jpg" alt="" width="490" height="84" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqI4.jpg 490w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqI4-300x51.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></p>
<p>And finally, <em>I<sub>5</sub></em> is <em>V<sub>V</sub></em> minus <em>V<sub>X</sub></em> divided by <em>R<sub>5</sub></em>:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20390" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqI5.jpg" alt="" width="711" height="92" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqI5.jpg 711w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqI5-300x39.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></p>
<p><strong>Table 1</strong> shows all six node equations in the format required for the online solver<sup>[1]</sup> I’m using, and the solutions are shown in red. With this approach, the solver generates the branch currents directly; we don’t have to derive them from the loop currents. I’ve also included our results from part 3 based on the loop method, with the loop values in blue, and the results agree within a third of a percent.</p>
<p><strong>Table 1. </strong>Node equations and solutions.</p>
<table border="1">
<tbody>
<tr bgcolor="#fcf2d7">
<td colspan="2"><strong>Node equations</strong></td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><strong>Solved values, node method (mA)</strong></td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><strong>Solved values, loop method (mA)</strong></td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><strong>Difference (%)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding: 5px;">Eq.1:</td>
<td width="280">1<em>I<sub>IN</sub></em> &#8211; 1<em>I<sub>1</sub></em> &#8211; 1<em>I<sub>2</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>3</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>4</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>5</sub></em> = 0</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: red;"><em>I<sub>IN</sub></em> = 0.39331</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: blue;"><em>I<sub>IN</sub></em> = 0.39253</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">-0.19871</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding: 5px;">Eq.2:</td>
<td width="280">0<em>I<sub>IN</sub></em> + 1<em>I<sub>1</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>2</sub></em> &#8211; 1<em>I<sub>3</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>4</sub></em> &#8211; 1<em>I<sub>5</sub></em> = 0</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: red;"><em>I<sub>1</sub></em> = 0.14166</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: blue;"><em>I<sub>1</sub></em> = 0.14136</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">-0.21222</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding: 5px;">Eq.3:</td>
<td width="280">0<em>I<sub>IN</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>1</sub></em> + 1<em>I<sub>2</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>3</sub></em> &#8211; 1<em>I<sub>4</sub></em> + 1<em>I<sub>5</sub></em> = 0</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: red;"><em>I<sub>2</sub></em> = 0.25165</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: blue;"><em>I<sub>2</sub></em> = 0.25117</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">-0.19111</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding: 5px;">Eq.4:</td>
<td width="280">0<em>I<sub>IN</sub></em> + 1.42<em>I<sub>1</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>2</sub></em> + 1<em>I<sub>3</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>4</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>5</sub></em> = 0.455</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: red;"><em>I<sub>3</sub></em> = 0.25384</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: blue;"><em>I<sub>3</sub></em> = 0.25320</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">-0.25276</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding: 5px;">Eq.5:</td>
<td width="280">0<em>I<sub>IN</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>1</sub></em> + 0.324<em>I<sub>2</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>3</sub></em> +1 <em>I<sub>4</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>5</sub></em> = 0.221</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: red;"><em>I<sub>4</sub></em> = 0.13947</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: blue;"><em>I<sub>4</sub></em> = 0.13933</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">-0.10048</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding: 5px;">Eq.6:</td>
<td width="280">0<em>I<sub>IN</sub></em> + 4.7 em&gt;I<sub>1</sub> &#8211; 2.2<em>I<sub>2</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>3</sub></em> + 0<em>I<sub>4</sub></em> + 1<em>I<sub>5</sub></em>=0</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: red;"><em>I<sub>5</sub></em> = -0.11218</td>
<td style="padding: 5px; color: blue;"><em>I<sub>5</sub></em> = -0.11184</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">-0.30401</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Now, let’s look at the situation where we have an unknown resistor but a known voltage.</strong><br />
Right. Keep in mind that in the 19th century, galvanometers were good at indicating zero current, but not good at quantifying nonzero levels. Consequently, accurate measurements were made under zero-current conditions. We no longer face that limitation, and we can use a measurement setup in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, which shows a way to make <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/how-do-sensors-reveal-hidden-aspects-of-the-worlds-oceans/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">strain-gauge</a> measurements. Here, a DMM, <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/capabilities-of-modern-data-recorders-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">data logger</a>, or <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/sorting-out-pc-based-instrumentation-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">data-acquisition instrument</a> replaces the galvanometer from <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">part 2</a>, and <em>R<sub>5</sub></em> from Figure 1 becomes essentially infinite. <em>R<sub>X</sub></em>, which takes the place of <em>R<sub>4</sub></em>, is a strain-gauge element that has a resistance of 120 Ω when not subjected to strain. To optimize measurement resolution, we assign resistors <em>R<sub>1</sub></em>, <em>R<sub>2</sub></em>, and <em>R<sub>3</sub></em> the same 120-Ω value.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20398" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20398" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig2.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20398 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig2-300x189.jpg" alt="Bridge circuit with DMM" width="300" height="189" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig2-300x189.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig2-768x485.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig2.jpg 963w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20398" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2. Given <em>V<sub>DMM</sub></em>, we can determine <em>R<sub>X</sub></em>.</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>So, we basically have two voltage dividers.</strong><br />
Right:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20391" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqVV.jpg" alt="" width="361" height="83" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqVV.jpg 361w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqVV-300x69.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></p>
<p>and</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20392" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqVX.jpg" alt="" width="210" height="85" /></p>
<p>We can now write an equation for what our DMM would read for a resistance value <em>R<sub>X</sub></em>:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20393" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqVDMM.jpg" alt="" width="465" height="79" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqVDMM.jpg 465w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqVDMM-300x51.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /></p>
<p>Now we can solve for <em>R<sub>X</sub></em>:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-20394" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqRX.jpg" alt="" width="338" height="79" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqRX.jpg 338w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt4_eqRX-300x70.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3</strong> plots this transfer function. Note that for strain-gauge measurements, resistance changes are often less than 1%, and sometimes much less.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20395" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20395" style="width: 363px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig3.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20395 " src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig3-300x120.jpg" alt="Voltage across bridge circuit Kirchoff" width="363" height="145" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig3-300x120.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig3-1024x409.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig3-768x307.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig3.jpg 1494w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20395" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. Given <em>V<sub>DMM</sub></em>, we can determine <em>R<sub>X</sub></em>.</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Figure 4</strong> shows a simulation result.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20396" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20396" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig4.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20396 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig4-300x272.jpg" alt="Simulation of bridge circuit" width="300" height="272" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig4-300x272.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig4-1024x927.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig4-768x696.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt4_fig4.jpg 1124w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20396" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 4. A 5-mV DMM reading corresponds to an <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> value of 118.4106 Ω.</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: Why use the bridge—why not just measure the resistance of <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> directly?</strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>Temperature compensation is one reason. In Figure 2, <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> is often a strain-gauge element identical to <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> maintained at the ambient temperature of <em>R<sub>X,</sub></em> but that never undergoes strain. If both <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> and <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> increase by 0.1% because of a rise in ambient temperature, but <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> continues to be unstrained, the DMM will continue to read zero.</p>
<p><strong>Q: What is strain anyway, and what are its units?</strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>Good question. That’s beyond the scope of this series on Kirchhoff’s laws, but we can consider strain measurement in depth in a future series.</p>
<h3><strong>Reference</strong></h3>
<p>[1] <a href="https://www.handymath.com/cgi-bin/matrix6c.cgi" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Simultaneous Linear Equations Solver for Six Variables</a>, handymath.com.</p>
<h3><strong>Related EEWorld Online content</strong></h3>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/sorting-out-pc-based-instrumentation-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Sorting out PC-based instrumentation</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/capabilities-of-modern-data-recorders-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Capabilities of modern data recorders</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/daq-series-methodology-associated-with-data-acquisition/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">DAQ Series: Methodology associated with data acquisition</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wheatstone-bridge-part-2-additional-considerations/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wheatstone bridge, Part 2: Additional considerations</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/some-surprising-facts-about-multimeters-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Things to know about multimeters</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/whats-a-half-digit-and-are-they-all-the-same/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">What’s a half digit and are they all the same?</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-4/">Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 4</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-4/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Design test cables with this free online tool</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/design-test-cables-with-this-free-online-tool/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/design-test-cables-with-this-free-online-tool/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Martin Rowe]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 19:02:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Automation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EDA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Modular Instruments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PXI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pickeringinterfaces]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20404</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>With Test System Architect from Pickering Interfaces, you can design cable assemblies that connect your device-under-test to test equipment or switches. The cloud-based tool is free. You need only register to use it. Connecting electronic devices to test equipment can be daunting, especially when building an automated test system and connecting several test instruments to [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/design-test-cables-with-this-free-online-tool/">Design test cables with this free online tool</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>With Test System Architect from Pickering Interfaces, you can design cable assemblies that connect your device-under-test to test equipment or switches. The cloud-based tool is free. You need only register to use it.</em></p>
<figure id="attachment_20402" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20402" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_1918x1018.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20402 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_1918x1018-300x159.jpg" alt="cable switching design tool" width="300" height="159" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_1918x1018-300x159.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_1918x1018-1024x543.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_1918x1018-768x408.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_1918x1018-1536x815.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_1918x1018.jpg 1918w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20402" class="wp-caption-text">Click image to enlarge.</figcaption></figure>
<p>Connecting electronic devices to test equipment can be daunting, especially when building an automated test system and connecting several test instruments to devices under test. You probably start with a spreadsheet that lists connector types, cables, connector pins, signal names, and termination points. Things can get hairy very quickly. Is there a better way?</p>
<p>The people at Pickering Interfaces think so. Pickering specializes in PXI switching modules, so they&#8217;ve seen firsthand how messy designing cables can be. To help you design test cables, Pickering has developed <a href="https://tsa.pickeringtest.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Test System Architect</a>, a free online design tool. Sign up and give it a try.</p>
<p>&#8220;All too often, engineers designing automated test systems don&#8217;t consider the signal path,&#8221; Pickering&#8217;s Kyle Voosen told me when I met him at Pickering&#8217;s Boston office. &#8220;Errors in spreadsheets only become apparent once you build the cable.&#8221; Voosen gave me a demonstration where he specified a cable to connect four devices to a multimeter through a switch matrix.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20403" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20403" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_cable_design_1420x551.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20403 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_cable_design_1420x551-300x116.jpg" alt="Switching design process automated test" width="300" height="116" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_cable_design_1420x551-300x116.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_cable_design_1420x551-1024x397.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_cable_design_1420x551-768x298.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Pickering_TSA_cable_design_1420x551.jpg 1420w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20403" class="wp-caption-text">Test System Architect lets you design test cables for PXI switching modules. Click image to enlarge.</figcaption></figure>
<p>With Test System Architect, you specify the connector type, cable length (with or without accounting for connector size), and then you add the connections. You can also pull in specifications for Pickering&#8217;s PXI switching modules to complete the design. Test System Architect will show you the cable design and its schematic. When designing a cable, you can select from PXI switch modules that include matrix, mux, RF mux, and general-purpose switches. You can also add PXI, PXIe hybrid, and LXI/USB chassis into your overall design.</p>
<p>Through your online account, Test System Architect will let you save your design documentation. You can then export it as a data file, SVG file, PNG graphic, datasheet, or BOM CSV file.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/design-test-cables-with-this-free-online-tool/">Design test cables with this free online tool</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/design-test-cables-with-this-free-online-tool/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 3</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-3/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-3/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Rick Nelson]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Mar 2026 10:05:45 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Bench Test]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meters & Testers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[current]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[resistors]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[voltage]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20354</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Kirchhoff’s voltage law gives us three equations with three unknowns to solve for loop currents in an unbalanced Wheatstone bridge.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-3/">Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Kirchhoff’s voltage law gives us three equations with three unknowns to solve for loop currents in an unbalanced Wheatstone bridge</em>.</p>
<p>We concluded <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">part 2</a> of this series by starting to write node and loop equations for a five-resistor <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wheatstone-bridge-part-2-additional-considerations/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wheatstone bridge</a> circuit, to calculate the currents through each resistor. <strong>Figure 1</strong> repeats Figure 3 from part 2, but I’ve assigned component values so we can calculate a numerical result. Note that I’ve retained the <em>V<sub>V</sub></em> and <em>V<sub>X</sub></em> labels, which denote the nodes connecting to the variable and unknown <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/the-why-and-how-of-matched-resistors-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">resistors</a> in our version of the bridge with a <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/william-sturgeon-and-his-galvanometer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">galvanometer</a>.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20361" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20361" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig1.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20361 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig1-300x200.jpg" alt="Kirchoff current voltage resistor" width="300" height="200" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig1-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig1-1024x682.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig1-768x511.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig1.jpg 1220w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20361" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. Red arrows represent branch currents, and blue arrows represent current loops around which voltage drops must sum to zero.</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: How do we know which directions of the currents, for example, through <em>R<sub>5</sub></em>?</strong><br />
<strong>A:</strong> We don’t. The current direction through <em>R<sub>5</sub></em> will depend on the resistor values. If our arrow direction is “wrong,” we will get a negative value of <em>I<sub>5</sub></em>.</p>
<p><strong>Q: So, how do we solve this circuit?</strong><br />
<strong>A:</strong> We’ll need six equations to compute the six unknown branch currents (red arrows) or three equations to compute the three unknown loop currents. The latter approach looks easier, so we’ll start there, beginning with the loop on the left. Starting at the top and moving clockwise, we note that the current through <em>R<sub>1</sub></em> is <em>I<sub>A</sub></em>&#8211;<em>I<sub>B</sub></em>, so the drop across R1 is (<em>I<sub>A</sub></em>&#8211;<em>I<sub>B</sub></em>)<em>R<sub>1</sub></em>. Next, the current through <em>R<sub>3</sub></em> is <em>I<sub>A</sub></em>&#8211;<em>I<sub>C</sub></em>, so <em>R<sub>3</sub></em> contributes a drop of (<em>I<sub>A</sub></em>&#8211;<em>I<sub>C</sub></em>)<em>R<sub>3</sub></em>. Finally, continuing clockwise, we start with our source, which, from our perspective, adds a negative voltage drop. So, we can write our first loop equation summing the voltage drops:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq1.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-20356" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq1-300x41.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="41" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq1-300x41.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq1.jpg 502w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a></p>
<p>We continue this process for the top right and bottom right loops to get the additional loop equations:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq2.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-20357" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq2-300x83.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="83" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq2-300x83.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq2.jpg 519w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a></p>
<p>We will probably want to use a program like MATLAB or an <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/using-online-design-tools-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">online tool</a> to solve these equations, so we’ll put them in the following form, where each variable is preceded by a constant and the right-hand term is a constant:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq3.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-20358" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq3.jpg" alt="" width="185" height="39" /></a></p>
<p>With some algebra, we come up with these versions of the three equations:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq4.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-20359" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq4-300x116.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="116" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq4-300x116.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq4.jpg 555w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a></p>
<p>Next, we insert the numerical values:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq5.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-20360" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq5-300x161.jpg" alt="" width="226" height="121" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq5-300x161.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_eq5.jpg 395w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 226px) 100vw, 226px" /></a></p>
<p>I used an online solver<sup>[1]</sup> to get the results shown in <strong>Table 1</strong>. Since I entered values in kilohms, the results are in milliamps.</p>
<p>Table 1. Kirchhoff Loop equations and solutions:</p>
<table border="2">
<tbody>
<tr bgcolor="#fcf2d7">
<td style="padding: 5px;"><strong>Equation</strong></td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"></td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><strong>Solved values</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr style="border: 1px solid black;">
<td style="padding: 5px;">Eq 1</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">8X + -4.7Y + -3.3Z = 1.5</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><em>I<sub>A</sub></em> = 0.39253 mA</td>
</tr>
<tr style="border: 1px solid black;">
<td style="padding: 5px;">Eq 2</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">-4.7X + 7.9Y + -1Z = 0</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><em>I<sub>B</sub></em> = 0.25117 mA</td>
</tr>
<tr style="border: 1px solid black;">
<td style="padding: 5px;">Eq 3</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">-3.3X + -1Y + 11.1Z = 0</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><em>I<sub>C</sub></em> = 0.13933 mA</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Q: How do we use these results to get our branch currents and node voltages?</strong><br />
<strong>A:</strong> We quickly notice that <em>I<sub>IN</sub></em> equals <em>I<sub>A</sub></em>, or 0.393 mA, and we can calculate the equivalent impedance of our resistor network as 1.5 V divided by 0.393 mA, or about 3.82 kΩ. We also see that <em>I<sub>4</sub></em> equals <em>I<sub>C</sub></em>, which equals 0.139 mA, so <em>V<sub>X</sub></em> equals 0.139 mA times 6.8 kΩ, or 947 mV. Similarly, <em>I<sub>2</sub></em> equals <em>I<sub>B</sub></em>, which equals 0.251 mA, and the drop across <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> equals 0.251 mA times 2.2 kΩ, or 553 mV.</p>
<p>For the other resistor currents, we’ll need to subtract loop currents. The <em>R<sub>5</sub></em> current is <em>I<sub>C</sub></em> minus <em>I<sub>B</sub></em>, or -0.112 mA, so the actual current flow is in the opposite direction from the <em>I<sub>5</sub></em> arrow, and the voltage across <em>R<sub>5</sub></em> is -112 mV. We can continue with <em>R<sub>1</sub></em> (for which <em>I<sub>1</sub></em>=<em>I<sub>A</sub></em>&#8211;<em>I<sub>B</sub></em>) and <em>R<sub>3</sub></em> (<em>I<sub>3</sub></em>=<em>I<sub>A</sub></em>&#8211;<em>I<sub>C</sub></em>), with the complete results shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20362" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20362" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig2.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20362 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig2-300x181.jpg" alt="resistor voltage current" width="300" height="181" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig2-300x181.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig2-1024x616.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig2-768x462.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig2.jpg 1351w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20362" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2. Solving our loop equations enables us to calculate node voltage and branch currents.</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: Now we’ll have to build this circuit to see if the calculations are correct.</strong><br />
<strong>A:</strong> My thought was to <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/when-you-can-use-spice-and-its-variants-when-you-cant-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">simulate</a> it in LTspice<sup>[2]</sup> as shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. The traces on the left for <em>V<sub>V</sub></em> and <em>V<sub>X</sub></em> are a bit difficult to see, so I have added some notation. The simulation confirms our calculated result.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20363" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20363" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig3.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20363 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig3-300x226.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="226" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig3-300x226.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig3-1024x771.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig3-768x579.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt3_fig3.jpg 1180w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20363" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. A simulation confirms our calculated results for <em>V<sub>V</sub></em> and <em>V<sub>X</sub></em>.</figcaption></figure>
<p>And then I breadboarded the circuit with 1% resistors and confirmed the equivalent resistance, as shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, and the node voltages.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20364" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20364" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt3_fig4.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20364 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt3_fig4-300x276.jpg" alt="digital multiumeter breadboard Kirchoff resistor" width="300" height="276" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt3_fig4-300x276.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt3_fig4-1024x943.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt3_fig4-768x707.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt3_fig4-1536x1414.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt3_fig4.jpg 1605w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20364" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 4. The equivalent resistance of our breadboarded bridge circuit is 3.84 kΩ, within 1% of our calculated value.</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: Why so many resistors?</strong><br />
<strong>A:</strong> I didn’t seem to have a 6.8-kΩ version in my collection, so, alluding back to the <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt1_fig1_heathkit_903x757.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener">rat’s nest</a> in <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">part 1</a>, I had to build one out of parts I did have.</p>
<p><strong>Q: What do we look at next?</strong><br />
<strong>A:</strong> We previously commented on the downside of using a balanced bridge and galvanometer to determine the value of an unknown resistor (in the <em>R<sub>4</sub></em> position). In <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-4/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">part 4</a>, we’ll look at using an unbalanced bridge and a high-impedance voltmeter to make that measurement, a technique useful in strain-gauge and other sensor applications.</p>
<h3><strong>References</strong></h3>
<p>[1] <a href="https://www.handymath.com/cgi-bin/matrix3d.cgi" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Simultaneous Linear Equations Solver for Three Variables</a>, handymath.com.<br />
[2] <a href="https://www.analog.com/en/resources/design-tools-and-calculators/ltspice-simulator.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">LTspice</a>, Analog Devices</p>
<h3><strong>Related EEWorld Online content</strong></h3>
<p><a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wheatstone-bridge-part-2-additional-considerations/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wheatstone bridge, Part 2: Additional considerations</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/using-online-design-tools-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using online design tools</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/the-why-and-how-of-matched-resistors-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">The why and how of matched resistors: part 1</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-to-choose-analog-signal-chain-components-part-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How to choose analog-signal-chain components: part 2</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/when-you-can-use-spice-and-its-variants-when-you-cant-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">When you can use Spice and its variants, when you can’t</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/video-prototyping-electronic-designs-on-a-breadboard/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Video: Prototyping electronic designs on a breadboard</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-3/">Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-3/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Modular DC analyzer sources, sinks, and measures</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/modular-dc-analyzer-sources-sinks-and-measures/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/modular-dc-analyzer-sources-sinks-and-measures/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Martin Rowe]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 17:30:09 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Electronic loads]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Modular Instruments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power supplies]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[semiconductor test]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20347</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The IT2705 mainframe and modules let you configure up to eight channels with modules that provide loads, sources, and SMUs. Test power supplies, batteries, IoT devices, medical devices, and so on. As powering circuits and systems get more complex, you often need to source, sink, and measure DC power for more than just DC levels. [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/modular-dc-analyzer-sources-sinks-and-measures/">Modular DC analyzer sources, sinks, and measures</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>The IT2705 mainframe and modules let you configure up to eight channels with modules that provide loads, sources, and SMUs. Test power supplies, batteries, IoT devices, medical devices, and so on.</em></p>
<figure id="attachment_20345" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20345" style="width: 273px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ITECH_IT2705_DC_pwr_analyzer__front-rear.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-medium wp-image-20345" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ITECH_IT2705_DC_pwr_analyzer__front-rear-273x300.jpg" alt="DC power analyzer" width="273" height="300" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ITECH_IT2705_DC_pwr_analyzer__front-rear-273x300.jpg 273w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ITECH_IT2705_DC_pwr_analyzer__front-rear.jpg 602w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 273px) 100vw, 273px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20345" class="wp-caption-text">ITECH IT2705 modular DC power analyzer</figcaption></figure>
<p>As powering circuits and systems get more complex, you often need to source, sink, and measure DC power for more than just DC levels. After all, DC isn&#8217;t really DC. Loads vary in real-time, which adds AC components to power rails. Furthermore, today&#8217;s boards and systems often have multiple power rails, and you need to see how they interact. The <a href="https://www.itechate.com/en/product/dc-power-supply/IT2705.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IT2705 mainframe and modules</a> from ITECH provide eight channels of sources, loads, and source-measure units (SMUs).</p>
<p>DC power modules support:</p>
<ul>
<li>20 V, 3 A, 20 W</li>
<li>30 V, 15 A, 200 W and 30 A, 500 W</li>
<li>60 V, 10 A, 200 W and 20 A, 500 W</li>
<li>150 V, 5 A, 200 W and 10 A, 500 W</li>
</ul>
<p>The system can sample up to 200 ksamples/s. You can operate the system in oscilloscope or datalogger modes through the graphical display, front-panel controls, or with software running on a PC. That&#8217;s in addition to having digital voltage and current displayed on the screen. Communications links include USB and LAN.</p>
<p>You can operate the sources and loads in either a list mode to get precise steps or in arb mode to simulate transients such as surges and drops. A sequence mode lets you combine output waveforms to consistently simulate usage conditions. The system lets you use loads to simulate batteries for testing chargers under consistent conditions. Electronic loads let you test your power sources under constant voltage, constant current, and constant resistance conditions. A dynamic mode switches between two preset test conditions.</p>
<div style="text-align: center;"><iframe loading="lazy" title="YouTube video player" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/83uU1uKWumw?si=pBR8VuiSxX_GBRVp&amp;rel=0" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/modular-dc-analyzer-sources-sinks-and-measures/">Modular DC analyzer sources, sinks, and measures</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/modular-dc-analyzer-sources-sinks-and-measures/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 2</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-2/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-2/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Rick Nelson]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 10:24:32 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Bench Test]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instrumentation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meters & Testers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sensing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Temperature Measurement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Test Equipment]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20330</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In part 1 of this series, we looked at ways to simplify resistor networks by identifying series and parallel combinations of resistors. We closed with a look at a version of the Wheatstone bridge, such as the one in Figure 1. Although it has only five resistors, not one of them is in series or [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-2/">Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 2</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure id="attachment_20327" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20327" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig1.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20327 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig1-300x207.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="207" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig1-300x207.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig1-768x531.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig1.jpg 841w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20327" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. This circuit contains no series or parallel combinations of resistors.</figcaption></figure>
<p>In <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-1/" target="_blank&quot;">part 1</a> of this series, we looked at ways to simplify resistor networks by identifying series and parallel combinations of resistors. We closed with a look at a version of the <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wheatstone-bridge-part-1-principles-basic-applications/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wheatstone bridge</a>, such as the one in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. Although it has only five resistors, not one of them is in series or parallel with another, so the simple equations we used in part 1 won’t work here. There is a workaround, called a delta-to-wye conversion.<sup>[1]</sup> But that just gives you three more equations to memorize, and unless you do the conversion often (if you work with <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/faq-on-three-phase-ac-power-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">three-phase power</a>, for example), those equations aren’t likely to become second nature, the way the series and parallel resistor equations are for most electrical engineers.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20328" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20328" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig2.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20328 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig2-300x200.jpg" alt="Kirchoff's law Wheatstone Bridge" width="300" height="200" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig2-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig2-768x511.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig2.jpg 889w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20328" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2. For a balanced bridge, the galvanometer reads 0.</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: Wait, what about the version of the Wheatstone bridge with a galvanometer taking the place of <em>R<sub>5</sub></em>?</strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>That version, shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, is easier to analyze. Here, <em>R<sub>3</sub></em> becomes a variable resistor <em>R<sub>V</sub></em>, and <em>R<sub>4</sub></em> becomes an unknown resistor <em>R<sub>X</sub></em>, whose value we are trying to find.</p>
<p>In the classic Wheatstone bridge application, we manually adjust <em>R<sub>V</sub></em> until the <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/william-sturgeon-and-his-galvanometer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">galvanometer</a> or <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/basic-instrumentation-for-the-electronics-workbench-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">multimeter</a> voltage <em>V<sub>G</sub></em> is 0, at which point we have what we call a balanced bridge. It consists of two simple voltage dividers, and R5 from Figure 1 is essentially infinite. <em>R<sub>1</sub></em> and <em>R<sub>V</sub></em> make up the first divider, and the voltage across <em>R<sub>V</sub></em> is:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq1.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-20321" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq1.jpg" alt="" width="167" height="94" /></a></p>
<p><em>R<sub>2</sub></em> and <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> make up the second divider, and the voltage across <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> is:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq2.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-20322" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq2.jpg" alt="" width="184" height="97" /></a></p>
<p>Since the galvanometer reads zero, we can determine <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> as follows:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq3.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-20323" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq3-300x244.jpg" alt="" width="262" height="213" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq3-300x244.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq3.jpg 442w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 262px) 100vw, 262px" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Q: What’s the drawback to this balanced bridge?</strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>If we are trying to measure a parameter such as strain in real time, it’s not practical to manually adjust <em>R<sub>v</sub></em> until <em>V<sub>G</sub></em> is zero, then record the value of <em>R<sub>V</sub></em>, and calculate <em>R<sub>X</sub></em>. We could probably kludge together something based on a voltage-controlled or digitally controlled resistor to replace the manual adjustment, but Kirchhoff&#8217;s and Ohm’s laws offer a simpler way for us to derive <em>R<sub>X</sub></em> from the voltages and currents in a fixed-resistor bridge.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20329" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20329" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig3.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20329 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig3-300x204.jpg" alt="voltage current loops" width="300" height="204" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig3-300x204.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig3-1024x697.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig3-768x523.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_fig3.jpg 1192w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20329" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. The red arrows represent the current flowing in each circuit branch, while the blue arrows represent current loops around which voltage drops must sum to zero.</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: How does that work?</strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>Let’s go back to our original Figure 1 bridge with five fixed resistors. In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, I’ve rearranged Figure 1 to make more room for notations showing branch (red arrows) and loop (blue arrows) currents. <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/an-intuitive-view-of-maxwells-equations/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Kirchhoff</a> gives us two laws that we can apply to solving such a problem. The current law states that the net sum of currents into any node is 0. In Figure 3, for example, that law implies the following:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq4.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-20324" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq4.jpg" alt="" width="155" height="59" /></a></p>
<p>The second law, Kirchhoff’s voltage law, states that the voltage drops around any closed loop must equal zero. For the loop on the left of Figure 3, this law results in the following equation:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq5.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-20325" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq5-300x48.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="48" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq5-300x48.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt2_eq5.jpg 453w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a></p>
<p>For a given circuit, each law will give us multiple equations on multiple unknowns. Which law or combination of the two laws is easiest for us to use will depend on exactly what we are trying to determine. In our case, we have two goals. First, following up on our work from part 1, what is the equivalent impedance of the bridge if all resistors are fixed and we know their individual values? In other words, what is <em>V<sub>IN</sub></em>/<em>I<sub>IN</sub></em>? And second, of particular interest from a test-and measurement-perspective, is this question: If <em>R<sub>1</sub></em>, <em>R<sub>2</sub></em>, <em>R<sub>3</sub></em>, and <em>R<sub>5</sub></em> are fixed and known and <em>R<sub>4</sub></em> is unknown (it might be a <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/portable-bridges-reveal-their-stresses-to-data-recording-systems/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">strain-gauge</a> element or <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-does-a-thermocouple-work-and-do-i-really-need-an-ice-bath-part-1-of-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">temperature sensor</a>, for instance), can we calculate <em>R<sub>4</sub></em> based on the voltage <em>V<sub>V</sub></em> – <em>V<sub>X</sub></em> across <em>R<sub>5</sub></em>? We’ll take a closer look in <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-3/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">part 3</a>.</p>
<h3><strong>References</strong></h3>
<p>[1] <a href="https://engineering.usu.edu/students/tutoring/topics/electric-circuits/deltatowye-equivalent-circuits" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Delta-to-Wye Equivalent Circuits, Utah State University.</a></p>
<h3><strong>Related EEWorld content</strong></h3>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/basic-instrumentation-for-the-electronics-workbench-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Basic instrumentation for the electronics workbench</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/william-sturgeon-and-his-galvanometer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">William Sturgeon and his galvanometer<br />
</a><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-does-a-thermocouple-work-and-do-i-really-need-an-ice-bath-part-1-of-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How does a thermocouple work, and do I really need an ice bath? part 1</a><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/william-sturgeon-and-his-galvanometer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><br />
</a><a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/wheatstone-bridge-part-1-principles-basic-applications/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wheatstone bridge, Part 1: principles and basic applications</a><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/william-sturgeon-and-his-galvanometer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><br />
</a><a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/an-intuitive-view-of-maxwells-equations/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">An intuitive view of Maxwell’s equations</a><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/william-sturgeon-and-his-galvanometer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><br />
</a><a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/faq-on-three-phase-ac-power-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">FAQ on three-phase AC power: part 1</a><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/william-sturgeon-and-his-galvanometer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><br />
</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-2/">Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 2</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Noise generator substitutes for tracking generator</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/noise-generator-substitutes-for-tracking-generator/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/noise-generator-substitutes-for-tracking-generator/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Kenneth Wyatt]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 09 Feb 2026 10:31:45 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Analyzer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EMI/EMC/RFI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Oscilloscopes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[spectrum analyzer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vector network analyzer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[noise generator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[rohdeschwarz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[siglenttechnologies]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tracking generator]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20295</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When your spectrum analyzer lacks a tracking generator, you can use a low-cost noise generator to characterize RF components. Here&#8217;s how. Low-cost spectrum analyzers often lack tracking generators, preventing you from having a signal source that tracks the analyzer&#8217;s frequency sweep. Not having a tracking generator can make some measurements difficult. You can, however, use [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/noise-generator-substitutes-for-tracking-generator/">Noise generator substitutes for tracking generator</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>When your spectrum analyzer lacks a tracking generator, you can use a low-cost noise generator to characterize RF components. Here&#8217;s how.</em></p>
<p>Low-cost spectrum analyzers often lack tracking generators, preventing you from having a signal source that tracks the analyzer&#8217;s frequency sweep. Not having a tracking generator can make some measurements difficult. You can, however, use a low-cost noise generator to characterize filters, amplifiers, and coax cable loss. In effect, they serve as a scalar network analyzer (no phase information).</p>
<p>In this article, I&#8217;ll describe how to use a noise source as a substitute for a tracking generator.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows a typical broadband noise source. Available from Amazon<sup>[1]</sup>, the broadband noise source will produce a wide range of RF signals from near DC to 2 GHz. This board is designed to run on 12 V, but I found it also operated well at 5 V. I did notice the amplifiers get quite hot.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20298" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20298" style="width: 2000px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig1_2000x1157.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20298 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig1_2000x1157.jpg" alt="noise generator board" width="2000" height="1157" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig1_2000x1157.jpg 2000w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig1_2000x1157-300x174.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig1_2000x1157-1024x592.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig1_2000x1157-768x444.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig1_2000x1157-1536x889.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2000px) 100vw, 2000px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20298" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. This board produces broadband RF noise. (Image: Kenneth Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>The noise is generated by biasing a Zener or Schottky diode, which creates low-level broadband noise. The board then runs this noise voltage through three broadband amplifiers and terminates it into a 50 Ω matching network. In Figure 1, the noise diode is in the board&#8217;s lower-left corner, and the three amplifier stages lie between that and the RF output port on the right.</p>
<p>Noise voltage is difficult to capture on an oscilloscope because of randomness. I was, however, able to trigger on one cycle that appeared to have about 500 ps of rise time. I was using a <a href="https://www.rohde-schwarz.com/products/test-and-measurement/oscilloscopes/rs-mxo-3-oscilloscope_334309.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">R&amp;S MXO38</a> (8-channel, 12-bit, 1 GHz bandwidth) oscilloscope and the spectrum plot showed usable broadband emission all the way past 1 GHz (<strong>Figure 2</strong>).</p>
<figure id="attachment_20299" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20299" style="width: 1920px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig2_1920x1080.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20299 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig2_1920x1080.jpg" alt="Noise generator spectrum response" width="1920" height="1080" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig2_1920x1080.jpg 1920w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig2_1920x1080-300x169.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig2_1920x1080-1024x576.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig2_1920x1080-768x432.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig2_1920x1080-1536x864.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20299" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2. An oscilloscope shows broadband noise voltage and spectrum response. (Image: Kenneth Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<h3>Noise generator applications</h3>
<p>I switched over to using my <a href="https://siglentna.com/product/ssa3032x-plus/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Siglent SSA3032X</a> spectrum analyzer so I could capture multiple spectral plots. We&#8217;ll measure cavity resonance and a couple of filter responses.</p>
<p><strong>Cavity Resonance</strong>: We&#8217;ll use the &#8220;cookie tin&#8221; cavity resonance demo (<strong>Figure 3</strong>) we used to demonstrate ferrite absorber performance earlier<sup>[2]</sup> to demonstrate how the noise source can identify structural resonances. Recall the cookie tin lid had two BNC connectors attached with short (1 cm) stubs soldered to the center conductors. The position of these is not important. We&#8217;ll drive one with the noise source and connect the other to the analyzer input port.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20300" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20300" style="width: 2000px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig3_2000x1130.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20300 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig3_2000x1130.jpg" alt="noise generator oscilloscope" width="2000" height="1130" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig3_2000x1130.jpg 2000w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig3_2000x1130-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig3_2000x1130-1024x579.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig3_2000x1130-768x434.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig3_2000x1130-1536x868.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2000px) 100vw, 2000px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20300" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. I used this setup to measure cavity resonance of the cookie tin. (Image: Kenneth Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>The resonance equation was covered in<sup>[2]</sup>, and for a circular cavity, the fundamental resonant frequency was 1.275 GHz. <strong>Figure 4</strong> shows the resulting screen capture with the marker at the peak of 1.23 GHz. The yellow trace was the baseline measurement with the noise source off.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20301" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20301" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_Fig4_1024x600.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20301 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_Fig4_1024x600.png" alt="cavity resonant frequency" width="1024" height="600" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_Fig4_1024x600.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_Fig4_1024x600-300x176.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_Fig4_1024x600-768x450.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20301" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 4. A screen capture shows the cavity resonance of 1.23 GHz. (Image: Kenneth Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Scanner filter</strong>: The radio scanner filter is designed to allow VHF Low Band (30 to 50 MHz), VHF High Band (140 MHz to 174 MHz and UHF Band (420 MHz to 512 MHz) to be heard and to block other strong ambient signals such as AM/FM broadcast, TV, and other high-powered signals. <strong>Figure 5</strong> shows the general test setup using a noise generator to drive the filter, which is connected to the analyzer input port.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20302" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20302" style="width: 2000px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig5_2000x1637.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20302 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig5_2000x1637.jpg" alt="noise generator filter" width="2000" height="1637" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig5_2000x1637.jpg 2000w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig5_2000x1637-300x246.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig5_2000x1637-1024x838.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig5_2000x1637-768x629.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig5_2000x1637-1536x1257.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2000px) 100vw, 2000px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20302" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 5. The noise generator lets you characterize a scanner filter. (Image: Kenneth Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Figure 6</strong> shows the two bands being blocked with markers at the band edges of the VHF Low Band and VHF High Band. The notches are about 20 dB down. The yellow trace indicates the noise floor of the measurement.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20303" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20303" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig6_1024x600.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20303 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig6_1024x600.png" alt="notch filter VHF spectrum response" width="1024" height="600" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig6_1024x600.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig6_1024x600-300x176.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig6_1024x600-768x450.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20303" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 6. A close-up of the scanner filter spectral response shows the areas notched out. (Image: Kenneth Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>FM Broadcast Notch Filter</strong>: This will be a similar measurement to that above, except we&#8217;ll use a Mini-Circuits <a href="https://www.minicircuits.com/WebStore/dashboard.html?model=ZX75BS-88108-S%2B" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ZX75BS-88108-S+</a> FM Broadcast Band Stop Filter<sup>[3]</sup>. This would be a good filter to use when operating a spectrum analyzer near high-powered FM stations to prevent overload of the front end. <strong><strong><strong>Figure 7</strong></strong></strong> shows the test setup.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20304" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20304" style="width: 2000px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig7_2000x1321.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20304 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig7_2000x1321.jpg" alt="Noise generator filter response" width="2000" height="1321" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig7_2000x1321.jpg 2000w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig7_2000x1321-300x198.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig7_2000x1321-1024x676.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig7_2000x1321-768x507.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig7_2000x1321-1536x1015.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2000px) 100vw, 2000px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20304" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 7. The filter attenuates signals in the FM broadcast band. (Image: Kenneth Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<p>In <strong>Figure 8</strong>, you can clearly observe the band-stop filter edges at 81 MHz and 108 MHz. The yellow trace is the measurement noise floor.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20297" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20297" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig8_1024x600.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20297 size-full" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig8_1024x600.png" alt="filtered noise generator spectrum" width="1024" height="600" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig8_1024x600.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig8_1024x600-300x176.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Wyatt_Noise_Generator_fig8_1024x600-768x450.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20297" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 8. Markers show the band edges of the FM band stop filter&#8217;s frequency response. (Image: Kenneth Wyatt)</figcaption></figure>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>For spectrum analyzers lacking a tracking generator, this broadband RF noise source is affordable and will help measure a host of RF applications, including filter and amplifier responses. While missing the dynamic range of a vector network analyzer, it can serve in a pinch to help identify or confirm RF characteristics of many devices.</p>
<h3><strong>References</strong></h3>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Spectrum-Tracking-0-1Gor60DB-Generator-Connector/dp/B0DK34P3N4/ref=sr_1_6" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Noise Source</a> (Amazon, $17)</li>
<li>Wyatt, Kenneth, <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/how-to-compare-emi-absorption-materials-with-a-cookie-tin/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> How to compare EMI absorption materials with a cookie tin</a></li>
<li>Mini-Circuits <a href="https://www.minicircuits.com/WebStore/dashboard.html?model=ZX75BS-88108-S%2B" target="_blank" rel="noopener">FM Band Stop Filter</a></li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/noise-generator-substitutes-for-tracking-generator/">Noise generator substitutes for tracking generator</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/noise-generator-substitutes-for-tracking-generator/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Transcat to distribute, calibrate Ametek Programmable Power supplies in Americas</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/transcat-to-distribute-calibrate-ametek-programmable-power-supplies-in-americas/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/transcat-to-distribute-calibrate-ametek-programmable-power-supplies-in-americas/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Puja Mitra]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Feb 2026 09:38:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Calibration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[instrumentation power supplies]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power supplies]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ametekprogrammablepower]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power supplies]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20318</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>AMETEK Programmable Power has appointed Transcat, Inc. as its exclusive distributor, calibration partner and rental provider for programmable power and test systems across the United States and South America. Under the agreement, Transcat will supply AMETEK’s AC/DC power supplies, electronic loads, power subsystems and compliance test solutions under the Sorensen, Elgar and California Instruments brands, [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/transcat-to-distribute-calibrate-ametek-programmable-power-supplies-in-americas/">Transcat to distribute, calibrate Ametek Programmable Power supplies in Americas</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-medium wp-image-20319 alignright" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Transcat_Graphic8-300x113.png" alt="" width="300" height="113" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Transcat_Graphic8-300x113.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Transcat_Graphic8-1024x384.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Transcat_Graphic8-768x288.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Transcat_Graphic8.png 1280w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /><a href="https://www.programmablepower.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">AMETEK Programmable Power</a> has appointed <a href="https://www.transcat.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Transcat</a>, Inc. as its exclusive distributor, calibration partner and rental provider for programmable power and test systems across the United States and South America. Under the agreement, Transcat will supply AMETEK’s AC/DC power supplies, electronic loads, power subsystems and compliance test solutions under the Sorensen, Elgar and California Instruments brands, along with modular instrumentation from VTI Instruments. The arrangement expands access to distribution, calibration and rental services for customers in aerospace, automotive, semiconductor, industrial, data center and renewable energy applications.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/transcat-to-distribute-calibrate-ametek-programmable-power-supplies-in-americas/">Transcat to distribute, calibrate Ametek Programmable Power supplies in Americas</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/transcat-to-distribute-calibrate-ametek-programmable-power-supplies-in-americas/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 1</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-1/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-1/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Rick Nelson]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Feb 2026 10:07:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Kirchhoff’s laws]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[resistors]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[test circuits]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20306</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>You can avoid solving simultaneous equations in multiple unknowns by identifying series and parallel combinations of resistors. When you buy test instruments, you hope they’ll have the flexibility to provide the necessary stimulus to the device under test (DUT) and acquire and process the response. Occasionally, however, you’ll need to design an external network to [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-1/">Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 1</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>You can avoid solving simultaneous equations in multiple unknowns by identifying series and parallel combinations of resistors.</em></p>
<p>When you buy test instruments, you hope they’ll have the flexibility to provide the necessary stimulus to the device under test (DUT) and acquire and process the response. Occasionally, however, you’ll need to design an external network to get exactly what you want, or perhaps worse, you’ll have to deal with a custom interface network that somebody else built.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20308" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20308" style="width: 323px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt1_fig1_heathkit_903x757.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-20308" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt1_fig1_heathkit_903x757-300x251.jpg" alt="" width="323" height="270" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt1_fig1_heathkit_903x757-300x251.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt1_fig1_heathkit_903x757-768x644.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchhoff_pt1_fig1_heathkit_903x757.jpg 903w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 323px) 100vw, 323px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20308" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. This &#8220;rat&#8217;s nest&#8221; of resistors comes from a Heathkit oscilloscope, where all the components were hand-soldered. (Image: Martin Rowe)</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: You mean like an external <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/the-why-and-how-of-matched-resistors-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">network of resistors?</a></strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>Yes, something such as the <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/the-challenge-of-testing-obsolete-pcbs-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">rats’ nest</a> in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. The result is similar to what you might get if you gave a handful of random components to an engineer and asked for an interface between a test system and DUT without using a circuit board.</p>
<p><strong>Q: So basically, is it just a combination of resistors in parallel and series to get the necessary values?</strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>Right. <strong>Figure 2</strong> shows a specific schematic, but with fewer resistors than Figure 1.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20309" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20309" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig2.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-large wp-image-20309" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig2-1024x342.jpg" alt="" width="1024" height="342" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig2-1024x342.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig2-300x100.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig2-768x257.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig2-1536x514.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig2.jpg 1767w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20309" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2. You might encounter resistors connected in series and parallel as part of a test interface. (Image: Rick Nelson)</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: How can we analyze this?</strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>If you have the actual circuit and a <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/some-surprising-facts-about-multimeters-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">multimeter</a>, you can disconnect the voltage source and measure the equivalent impedance. If you have a schematic such as Figure 2 or can derive one, you can use <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/georg-simon-ohm-and-the-basis-for-circuit-theory/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Ohm’s law</a> and Kirchhoff’s <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/resistivity-conductivity-and-kirchhoffs-laws/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">current</a> or <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/does-kirchhoffs-voltage-law-really-fail-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">voltage</a> law and write node or loop equations, respectively, allowing you to calculate currents through each resistor and the voltages at each node. But we can avoid solving simultaneous equations in multiple unknowns if we can identify series and parallel combinations of resistors, as shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20310" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20310" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig3.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-large wp-image-20310" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig3-1024x409.jpg" alt="" width="1024" height="409" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig3-1024x409.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig3-300x120.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig3-768x307.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig3-1536x614.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig3.jpg 1795w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20310" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. We can arrange the network of Figure 1 into series and parallel combinations of resistors. (Image: Rick Nelson)</figcaption></figure>
<p>We know that for two resistors in series, we simply add the resistances, and for two resistors <em>R<sub>1</sub></em> and <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> in parallel, the resistance is the product over the sum:<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_eq1.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-20313 aligncenter" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_eq1.jpg" alt="" width="195" height="67" /></a></p>
<p>For <em>N</em> resistors in parallel, you can take them two at a time, computing the successive products over sums, or you might find it more convenient to compute the inverse of the sum of the reciprocals:<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_eq2.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-20314 aligncenter" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_eq2.jpg" alt="" width="308" height="68" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_eq2.jpg 494w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_eq2-300x66.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 308px) 100vw, 308px" /></a></p>
<p>For the three parallel resistors in the light blue box on the right, we can determine that 820 Ω in parallel with 360 Ω equals 250 Ω, which in turn is in parallel with 1 kΩ and equals 200 Ω. Or, we can simply calculate the inverse of 1/1,000 Ω plus 1/820 Ω plus 1/360 Ω, which also equals 200 Ω. That 200 Ω is in series with 1.8 kΩ, so in the dark blue block on the right, we have a total of 2 kΩ.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20311" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20311" style="width: 286px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig4.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-20311" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig4.jpg" alt="" width="286" height="407" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig4.jpg 610w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig4-211x300.jpg 211w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 286px) 100vw, 286px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20311" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 4. The Figure 3 circuit simplifies down to this simple voltage divider. (Image: Rick Nelson)</figcaption></figure>
<p>You can perform similar calculations on resistors in the other blocks shown in Figure 3, and get the voltage-divider network shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>. This divider could be useful for a DUT that requires a supply voltage <em>V,</em> and that also has two high-impedance inputs requiring voltages of 50% and 20% of <em>V</em>. The resistor approach costs less than buying two additional <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/selecting-and-applying-programmable-power-supplies-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">programmable power supplies</a> to generate the 50% and 20% levels. It can be faster than a <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/do-i-need-an-analog-switch-or-multiplexer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">multiplexer-based approach</a>, where you would use a single supply to sequentially apply the required 100%, 50%, and 20% levels. And if your DUT requires that all three voltages be present simultaneously, the multiplexer won’t work at all. Just remember that the voltages must go to high-impedance loads to prevent loading down the circuit.</p>
<p><strong>Q: Can all resistor networks be simplified into series and parallel combinations?</strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>No. Consider the circuit on the left of <strong>Figure 5</strong>. Although it’s simple, consisting of just five resistors, none are in series or parallel with any of the others (unless <em>R<sub>5</sub></em> is either zero or infinite). This particular circuit is very important in test and measurement. If I redraw it as shown on the right, you might recognize it.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20312" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20312" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig5.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-large wp-image-20312" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig5-1024x436.jpg" alt="" width="1024" height="436" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig5-1024x436.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig5-300x128.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig5-768x327.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig5-1536x654.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Nelson_Kirchoff_pt1_fig5.jpg 1793w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20312" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 5. The circuit on the left, equivalent to the Wheatstone bridge on the right, cannot be rearranged into a simple network of series and parallel resistors. (Image: Rick Nelson)</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Q: It looks like the <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/that-maxwell-book-that-was-returned-to-a-library-115-years-late-whats-it-about-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wheatstone bridge</a>, but isn’t <em>R<sub>2</sub></em> variable, and isn’t a <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/william-sturgeon-and-his-galvanometer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">galvanometer</a> used in place of <em>R<sub>5</sub></em>?</strong><br />
<strong>A: </strong>Yes, it’s the Wheatstone bridge, and in the original Wheatstone bridges, you’re right about R<sub>2</sub> and the galvanometer. In addition, <em>R<sub>4</sub></em> was the unknown value that the bridge was designed to measure. Next time, we’ll comment on why the variable resistor and galvanometer are not often used in modern applications. In <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">part 2</a>, we’ll see how we can analyze voltages and currents in this circuit using Ohm’s law and Kirchhoff’s current law, and we’ll see why this configuration is useful in <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/how-is-skin-sensing-for-robots-advancing/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">strain gauges</a> and other sensitive measurement devices.</p>
<h3><strong>Related EE World content</strong></h3>
<p><a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/does-kirchhoffs-voltage-law-really-fail-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Does Kirchhoff’s Voltage Law really fail?</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/the-why-and-how-of-matched-resistors-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">The why and how of matched resistors: part 1</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/engineers-use-ai-ml-to-improve-test/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Engineers use AI/ML to improve test</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/that-maxwell-book-that-was-returned-to-a-library-115-years-late-whats-it-about-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">That Maxwell book that was returned to a library 115 years late: what’s it about? (Part 1)</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/some-surprising-facts-about-multimeters-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Things to know about multimeters</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/resistivity-conductivity-and-kirchhoffs-laws/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Resistivity, conductivity, and Kirchhoff’s laws</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/teardown-1950s-heathkit-vacuum-tube-oscilloscope/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> Teardown: 1950s Heathkit vacuum tube oscilloscope</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-1/">Making sense of test circuits with Kirchhoff’s laws: part 1</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/making-sense-of-test-circuits-with-kirchhoffs-laws-part-1/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>NI boosts PXI with controllers, chassis, and I/O</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/ni-boosts-pxi-with-controllers-chassis-and-i-o/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/ni-boosts-pxi-with-controllers-chassis-and-i-o/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Martin Rowe]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Jan 2026 22:50:18 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Digital Oscilloscope]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Modular Instruments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Oscilloscopes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC-based Oscilloscopes - PCO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC-based Test Equipment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PXI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[nationalinstruments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NI]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20288</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>PXI continues to grow with an 18-slot chassis, system controllers, multifunction DAQ, and an oscilloscope. NI&#8217;s line of PXI-based test instrumentation has received a significant boost. Nearing 30 years old, PXI has become the standard for modular instrumentation in automated test for it boasts a thriving multi-vendor ecosystem. PXI originator NI has added an 18-slot [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/ni-boosts-pxi-with-controllers-chassis-and-i-o/">NI boosts PXI with controllers, chassis, and I/O</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>PXI continues to grow with an 18-slot chassis, system controllers, multifunction DAQ, and an oscilloscope.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-1081.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignright wp-image-20284 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-1081-300x131.png" alt="" width="300" height="131" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-1081-300x131.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-1081-1024x449.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-1081-768x336.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-1081.png 1292w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>NI&#8217;s line of PXI-based test instrumentation has received a significant boost. Nearing 30 years old, PXI has become the standard for modular instrumentation in automated test for it boasts a thriving multi-vendor ecosystem. PXI originator NI has added an 18-slot chassis, two embedded controllers, an two multifunction data-acquisition (DAQ) modules and an oscilloscope to its line.</p>
<p>The <a href="https://www.ni.com/en-us/shop/model/pxie-1081.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NI-PXIe 1081</a> chassis contains 17 hybrid PXI/PXIe slots and a single PXIe-only slot. Having hybrid slots that let you insert everything from the latest PXIe instruments back to legacy PXI instrument cards. Thus, you can keep using cards you have from legacy test systems. A single PXIe slot supports a system-controller module, which can be an embedded controller to an interface card to a host computer. The chassis features 58 W of cooling capacity per slot. Data-transfer rates reach 2 GB/sec.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-8862.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignright wp-image-20287 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-8862-300x291.png" alt="" width="300" height="291" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-8862-300x291.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-8862-768x745.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-8862.png 885w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>Two new PXIe embedded system controllers differ in their CPUs. The <a href="https://www.ni.com/en-us/shop/model/pxie-8842.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PXIe-8842</a> contains a 6-core Intel Core i5 processor while the <a href="https://www.ni.com/en-us/shop/model/pxie-8862.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PXIe-8862</a> contains an 8-core Intel Core i7 processor. Both controllers have four USB 2.0, two USB 3 Super-Speed, one or two DisplayPort, two USB-C, two 2.5 G Ethernet, and a 9-pin GPIO port. A GPIB is optional for applications requiring box instruments. You can order then with pre-installed Windows 10, Windows 11, or Linux operating systems.<br />
<br clear="all" /><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-6383.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignright wp-image-20286 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-6383-300x289.png" alt="" width="300" height="289" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-6383-300x289.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-6383-768x741.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-6383.png 965w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>The <a href="https://www.ni.com/en-us/shop/model/pxie-6381.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PXIe-6381</a> and <a href="https://www.ni.com/en-us/shop/model/pxie-6383.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PXIe-6383</a> Multifunction DAQ modules bring 18-bit analog input and add analog output, digital I/O, and counter/timers to a PXI-based system. The difference between the two modules comes in the number of channels: analog input (16/32 single ended or 8/16 differential), analog output (2/4), and digital I/O (24/48).<br />
<br clear="all" /><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-5108.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignright wp-image-20285 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-5108-300x108.png" alt="" width="300" height="108" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-5108-300x108.png 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-5108-1024x368.png 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-5108-768x276.png 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-5108-1536x551.png 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/NI_PXIe-5108.png 1744w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>When you need higher-speed signal capture, NI offers the <a href="https://www.ni.com/en-us/shop/model/pxie-5108.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PXIe-5108</a>, a 14-bit, 100 MHz digital oscilloscope. Variants include four or eight channels with 512 MB of acquisition memory and 250 MSa/sec digitizing rate.<br />
<br clear="all" /></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/ni-boosts-pxi-with-controllers-chassis-and-i-o/">NI boosts PXI with controllers, chassis, and I/O</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/ni-boosts-pxi-with-controllers-chassis-and-i-o/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tryout: two low-cost USB inline meters and a load</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/tryout-two-low-cost-usb-inline-meters-and-a-load/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/tryout-two-low-cost-usb-inline-meters-and-a-load/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Martin Rowe]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 10:17:53 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Bench Test]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Electronic loads]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meters & Testers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[digital multimeter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[USB]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20276</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Despite their limited use for testing wall chargers and power banks, USB inline testers let you compare power sources. In three videos, we take you through their features, and we also try an inline USB electronic load. When testing a USB charger or power bank, you can connect a phone or other device and see [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/tryout-two-low-cost-usb-inline-meters-and-a-load/">Tryout: two low-cost USB inline meters and a load</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Despite their limited use for testing wall chargers and power banks, USB inline testers let you compare power sources. In three videos, we take you through their features, and we also try an inline USB electronic load.</em></p>
<p>When testing a USB charger or power bank, you can connect a phone or other device and see if it charges. That&#8217;s nice, but if you need more data or suspect a failure, you need to interrogate the power lines. While it&#8217;s possible to do that with a breakout board, some resistors, and a handheld or bench multimeter, you can use an inline USB meter for very little money.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20279" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20279" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_DMMs_eLoad_1500x1444.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-medium wp-image-20279" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_DMMs_eLoad_1500x1444-300x289.jpg" alt="USB inline meters" width="300" height="289" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_DMMs_eLoad_1500x1444-300x289.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_DMMs_eLoad_1500x1444-1024x986.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_DMMs_eLoad_1500x1444-768x739.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_DMMs_eLoad_1500x1444.jpg 1500w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20279" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. These two USB inline meters and an electronic load let you test chargers and power banks. (Image: Martin Rowe)</figcaption></figure>
<p>If you check online, you&#8217;ll find dozens of inline USB testers. We tried two from Eversame, available from Amazon and other online sellers. You&#8217;ll find what looks like identical products sold under different brand names. <strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the two meters and the electronic load.</p>
<p>These inline meters not only measure voltage and current, but they also calculate a USB port&#8217;s output power, amp-hours, watt-hours, and load resistance. They also provide chart recorders for voltage, current, and output voltage ripple. Their screens also provide arrows that indicate current flow from input to output. In two of the videos below, we take you through the menus. In a third video, we try out an electronic load, which lets you vary the load so you don&#8217;t need a set of fixed resistors. We tried fixed-resistor loads, too.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20271" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20271" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/2.5ohm_40W_with_USB-C_DIP_1500x1016.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-medium wp-image-20271" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/2.5ohm_40W_with_USB-C_DIP_1500x1016-300x203.jpg" alt="power resistor, interface board" width="300" height="203" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/2.5ohm_40W_with_USB-C_DIP_1500x1016-300x203.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/2.5ohm_40W_with_USB-C_DIP_1500x1016-1024x694.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/2.5ohm_40W_with_USB-C_DIP_1500x1016-768x520.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/2.5ohm_40W_with_USB-C_DIP_1500x1016.jpg 1500w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20271" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2. For initial tests, we used a fixed 10 Ω, 10 W power resistor connected to a board with a terminal strip. (Image: Martin Rowe)</figcaption></figure>
<p>Both inline testers feature USB-A and USB-C ports, while one adds a micro-USB input port. You&#8217;ll also need some cables, and you may require USB breakout boards for connecting to other equipment, such as an oscilloscope. Because UCB-C chargers and power banks produce up to four output voltages, you&#8217;ll need something to force them to the desired output voltage unless the default 5 V is sufficient. I used an attachment board that has a set of DIP switches and a two-terminal block for connecting a load, shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>. It&#8217;s shown connected to a single 10 Ω, 10 W power resistor. For a higher current, we have four resistors connected in parallel to make a 2.5 Ω, 40 W load.</p>
<h3>Packaged USB inline tester, Model J7-c</h3>
<p><strong>Figure 3</strong> shows the <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07JYVPLLJ" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Eversame 2-in-1 Type C USB Tester Color Screen LCD Digital Multimeter</a> Model J7-c, $16.14 on Amazon.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20277" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20277" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_inlineDMM_front_view_1500x1112.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-medium wp-image-20277" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_inlineDMM_front_view_1500x1112-300x236.jpg" alt="USB inline meter" width="300" height="236" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_inlineDMM_front_view_1500x1112-300x236.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_inlineDMM_front_view_1500x1112-1024x807.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_inlineDMM_front_view_1500x1112-768x605.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_inlineDMM_front_view_1500x1112.jpg 1500w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20277" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. This USB inline meter has a larger display but no case. It adds a micro-USB connector. (Image: Martin Rowe)</figcaption></figure>
<p>For a low cost, you get a device that&#8217;s useful for testing sources such as phone chargers and power banks. You can also use it to see the current a device draws. It has USB Type-A and Type-C input and output connectors. You can plug it directly into a charger or power bank, or use an extension cable, which will result in additional power losses. You&#8217;ll likely need a cable to connect the load shown to the Type-C output port in Figure 2.</p>
<p>The color LCD screen is small, and the text, other than the primary voltage and current readouts, is downright tiny. A single button lets you scroll through several screens (see video), including two chart recorders. One chart recorder plots output voltage and current, and the other shows voltage ripple.</p>
<div style="text-align: center;"><iframe loading="lazy" title="YouTube video player" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Vuu58KZOKPA?si=P5LltFZlpAPKF6Pz" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe></div>
<h3>Larger screen, no package</h3>
<p><strong>Figure 4</strong> shows the <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07MGQZHGM/ref=sspa_dk_detail_5" target="&quot;_blank:">Eversame USB C Power Meter Tester, Voltmeter Ammeter Load Tester</a>, $23.39 on Amazon.</p>
<p>This USB inline meter could use some packaging, as it&#8217;s just two boards screwed together with spacers. It looks like someone assembles these in a back room. That makes the tester somewhat fragile compared to most other USB inline testers on the market. The good news is it&#8217;s easy to take apart. There&#8217;s no part number on the product, nor in the Amazon listing. The meter comes with a USB-C to USB-C cable. This tool adds a micro-USB input connector for passing power from an older power bank that has such a connector.</p>
<p>After using the J7-c, I appreciated the larger screen. Four buttons let you select the screen display, change settings, and rotate the screen left or right. That&#8217;s handy, should you connect it to a wall charger and find that the screen is upside down or sideways. As the video shows, you also get the chart recorder, power, resistance, watt-hour, and mA-hour calculations. In the video, you&#8217;ll see the readout screens and settings menu.</p>
<div style="text-align: center;"><iframe loading="lazy" title="YouTube video player" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/fm3yZQpjOhU?si=y0wk3IAswfK6tqfM" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe></div>
<h3>What&#8217;s a circuit without a load?</h3>
<p>Fixed loads have their purpose, but they&#8217;re fixed. You get what you get, no more and no less. Dynamic loads, such as connecting a power source to a phone, can give you some insight into charging, but the load changes are out of your control. A variable load lets you change the current drawn from a charger. <strong>Figure 5</strong> shows a <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07FL3PS57" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><br />
Drok USB Load Tester, Electronic Load Test Resistor Module 25W LD25 USB and Type C Interface</a>, $14.95 on Amazon.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20275" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20275" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_e-load_front_back.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-medium wp-image-20275" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_e-load_front_back-300x214.jpg" alt="USB electronic laod" width="300" height="214" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_e-load_front_back-300x214.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_e-load_front_back-1024x731.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_e-load_front_back-768x548.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/USB_e-load_front_back.jpg 1500w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20275" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 5. The Drok USB inline electronic load lets you vary the output current from a charger or power bank. (Image: Martin Rowe)</figcaption></figure>
<p>With this electronic load, you can vary the current that the load draws from the power source and thus test your source under differing conditions. If you need a programmable dynamic load, you&#8217;ll have to spend more money or design your own.</p>
<p>The Drok load can sink up to 4 A. Our tests couldn’t go nearly that high because that&#8217;s more than any of our power sources can deliver. It might be worth trying it with a bench power supply some other time.</p>
<p>The load includes USB-A, USB-C, and micro-USB connectors. There&#8217;s an LED display that indicates current drawn, and it can indicate power. A temperature sensor and a fan keep things cool. The digits illuminate in sequence, which makes it difficult to see all of them on the video. To the human eye, they appear to be constantly lit. The board has an on/off button and a setting button that sets the display from amps (default) to watts.</p>
<div style="text-align: center;"><iframe loading="lazy" title="YouTube video player" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/LMdFTRkYdqc?si=lzVcTZUo4LpS8U-j" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe></div>
<h3>Future work</h3>
<p>In future articles, we&#8217;ll use these tools, an oscilloscope, and USB breakout boards to compare several chargers and power banks. We will also teardown the Eversame USB-C Power Meter Tester, Voltmeter Ammeter Load Tester, the one with no model number, to see how it displays activity on the data lines.</p>
<h3><strong>Related EEWorld Online content</strong></h3>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/phone-chargers-produce-emi-we-compared-four/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Phone chargers produce EMI: We compared four</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/usb-type-c-standardization-what-you-need-to-know/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">USB Type C standardization – what you need to know</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/a-look-at-usb-type-c-in-power-only-applications/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">A look at USB Type-C in power-only applications</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/how-usb-type-c-connectors-hold-key-to-maximizing-data-speeds-power-delivery/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How USB Type-C connectors hold the key to maximizing data speeds and power delivery</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/three-cs-usb-type-c-connectors-controllers-cables/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">The three “C’s” of USB Type-C: connectors, controllers and cables</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/tryout-two-low-cost-usb-inline-meters-and-a-load/">Tryout: two low-cost USB inline meters and a load</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/tryout-two-low-cost-usb-inline-meters-and-a-load/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Contending with Windows 10’s retirement: part 4</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-4/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-4/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Rick Nelson]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 12 Jan 2026 23:44:47 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Automation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Test development software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Test Equipment]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20265</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>A continuous process of technical architecture modernization can help you prepare for any operating system’s inevitable demise. With the retirement of Windows 10, as described in part 1 of this series, users of the operating system to control test and measurement systems have a choice to make. In part 2, we looked at what steps [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-4/">Contending with Windows 10’s retirement: part 4</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>A continuous process of technical architecture modernization can help you prepare for any operating system’s inevitable demise.</em></p>
<p>With the retirement of Windows 10, as described in <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-1/">part 1</a> of this series, users of the operating system to control <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/tech-toolbox-test-measurement-2025/">test and measurement</a> systems have a choice to make. In <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-2/">part 2</a>, we looked at what steps you can take if you want to continue using Windows 10, and in <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-3/" target="_blank">part 3</a>, we looked steps you plan to upgrade to Windows 11.<sup>[1]</sup></p>
<p>One factor that shouldn’t present a major issue is the <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/demanding-video-consumers-pushing-for-modern-user-interfaces/">user interface</a>. According to Noman Hussain, vice president of software and strategic business analysis at Pickering Interfaces, “The transition from Windows 10 to Windows 11 is relatively seamless for experienced users. The core file system remains familiar—for example, the System32 and SysWOW64 folders, as well as Program Files and Program Files (x86) folders, follow the same structure” (<strong>Figure 1</strong>.)</p>
<figure id="attachment_20267" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20267" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Nelson_Windows10_pt4_fig1.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20267 size-large" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Nelson_Windows10_pt4_fig1-1024x354.jpg" alt="Windows 11 file structure Windows 10" width="1024" height="354" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Nelson_Windows10_pt4_fig1-1024x354.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Nelson_Windows10_pt4_fig1-300x104.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Nelson_Windows10_pt4_fig1-768x266.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Nelson_Windows10_pt4_fig1-1536x532.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Nelson_Windows10_pt4_fig1.jpg 1780w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20267" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. In Windows 11, the Program Files and Program Files (x86) folders in the Windows (C)&gt; directory and the System 32 and SysWOW64 folders in the Windows (C)&gt;Windows&gt; directory retain the same Windows 10 structure.</figcaption></figure>
<p>When asked if operators used to Windows 10 will find difficulty with the switch to Windows 11, Toby Marsden, head of go-to-market strategy and strategic alliances at Keysight Technologies, said, “No, in reality, it is the reverse—that older technology platforms need more specific training; most organizations and users use more modern operating systems. Any specific skills around Windows 10 are dying out.” Added Steve Summers, director and security lead for aerospace and defense at <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/emerson-acquires-ni-there-goes-another-one/">Emerson Test and Measurement</a>, “The user experience is very similar moving to Windows 11. There is a little disruption as operators see the new toolbar for the first time,” but they adjust quickly. And according to Hussain, “From an operator’s perspective…the learning curve is minimal, and day-to-day tasks can be carried out much as before. The main frustration we hear from users is that Windows updates sometimes change the look and placement of icons, which can be disruptive, but is generally a minor inconvenience rather than a training issue.”</p>
<p><strong>Planning for the next operating system</strong></p>
<p>Ultimately, Microsoft will withdraw <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/tech-support-challenges-and-iot/">support</a> for Windows 11, which debuted October 4, 2021, although no end date has been set as of now. (The current version, 25H2, is set to end October 12, 2027, but will presumably be replaced by Windows 11 version 27H2.)</p>
<p>An ongoing effort is the optimal approach for upgrading to any new operating system or other software while planning ahead for any required revalidation process. Marsden described technical <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/designing-the-computational-architecture-of-the-future/">architecture</a> modernization as a continuous process to keep systems updated and operating effectively and said that Keysight can help with testing to ensure systems do not regress and continue to perform well. He acknowledged that some customers still rely on legacy technical architectures to run critical business processes, but he added that “most customers are looking for modern, flexible architectures, as legacy systems can result in the business bending to the system&#8217;s functionality rather than enabling new operational efficiencies to be achieved.”</p>
<p>According to Summers, “Teams that plan for validation take a professional approach to software design, including building unit tests and other testing routines, so that updates can be validated more quickly.” His company recommends that engineers follow professional software-design processes when developing new systems, but he acknowledged that many existing test systems do not have the  necessary tools implemented. Summers added, “Customers who have followed our advice to design code validation as part of their development process are in a good position for these revalidations; those who have not adopted this approach are facing a more manual validation process.” He recommended, “Update your development process now to incorporate best code practices—CI/CD [continuous integration/continuous deployment], unit test, etc. This takes more time up front but makes ongoing re-validation much faster and easier in the future.”</p>
<p>According to Hussain, “We always design with long-term support in mind. Our driver packages cover multiple generations of Windows, and we test them across different OS versions so you can move when you’re ready. My advice is to plan migration early and involve us in that process — it makes the whole thing smoother and saves a lot of headaches down the line.”</p>
<p>When asked about the inevitable end of Windows 11, Keysight’s Marsden said, “Don’t panic!” He advised a thorough evaluation to ensure that that operating-system migration won’t impact key business processes, but he cautioned that failure to address migration will ultimately lead to higher costs and lower business-efficiency gains. “Business continuity needs to be assessed around key workflows, application functionality, and performance,” Marsden noted, adding that any existing system should be thoroughly tested before migrating to a new Windows version.</p>
<p>Said Hussain at Pickering, “Our advice is to plan ahead rather than react at the last moment. Customers should build a migration strategy that considers both short-term needs and long-term continuity, including hardware readiness, software compatibility, and regulatory requirements.” He concluded, “Change is inevitable. Plan for it now to avoid future hiccups.”</p>
<p><strong>Related EE World content</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-3/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Contending with Windows 10’s retirement: part 3</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Contending with Windows 10’s retirement: part 2</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Contending with Windows 10’s retirement: part 1</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-modularity-benefits-test-systems/">How modularity benefits test systems</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/what-is-an-instrument-driver-and-why-do-i-need-one/">What is an instrument driver and why do I need one?</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/tech-toolbox-test-measurement-2025/">Tech Toolbox: Test &amp; Measurement</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/tech-support-challenges-and-iot/">Tech Support Challenges and IoT</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/designing-the-computational-architecture-of-the-future/">Designing The Computational Architecture Of The Future</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-4/">Contending with Windows 10’s retirement: part 4</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/contending-with-windows-10s-retirement-part-4/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Make the most of oscilloscope triggering: part 1</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/make-the-most-of-oscilloscope-triggering-part-1/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/make-the-most-of-oscilloscope-triggering-part-1/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Rick Nelson]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 07 Jan 2026 05:04:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Analog Oscilloscope]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital Oscilloscope]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Oscilloscopes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC-based Oscilloscopes - PCO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[digital oscilloscope]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[picotechnology]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20251</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learning the basics of oscilloscope triggers can help you leverage advanced features. In an earlier series, we discussed how the oscilloscope has evolved over the past three-quarters of a century. We noted that the basic horizontal and vertical controls remain functionally similar, but today’s digital oscilloscopes offer many features, including waveform math functions, that go [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/make-the-most-of-oscilloscope-triggering-part-1/">Make the most of oscilloscope triggering: part 1</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Learning the basics of oscilloscope triggers can help you leverage advanced features.</em></p>
<p>In an <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/get-the-most-from-your-oscilloscope-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">earlier series</a>, we discussed how the oscilloscope has evolved over the past three-quarters of a century. We noted that the basic horizontal and vertical controls remain functionally similar, but today’s digital oscilloscopes offer many features, including <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/demonstration-integration-and-differentiation-circuits-faq/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">waveform math functions</a>, that go well beyond what an oscilloscope could do in the 1950s. We touched on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/get-the-most-from-your-oscilloscope-part-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">triggering</a> in our earlier series,<sup>[1]</sup> now we will take a comprehensive look at the topic, addressing some topics that university-level electrical-engineering courses might not cover. <sup>[2]</sup></p>
<p><strong>Can we begin with a look at triggering basics?</strong><br />
Sure. First, keep in mind what we’re trying to do with triggering. If you apply a fixed-frequency sinusoidal input to an oscilloscope channel without triggering, you’ll see what appears to be multiple waveforms that dance across the screen. What you are actually seeing are successive snapshots of random segments of the same waveform with no particular phase relationship. Triggering stabilizes the display, so the segments overlap and appear static, letting you measure parameters such as amplitude, frequency, and, for multichannel displays, phase.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20248" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20248" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignright"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig1_analog.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20248 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig1_analog-300x208.jpg" alt="Analog oscilloscope triggering" width="300" height="208" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig1_analog-300x208.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig1_analog-768x532.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig1_analog.jpg 1011w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20248" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 1. An analog oscilloscope offers trigger slope and level controls. (Detail of image by Drumcliff from Pixabay)</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows a close-up of a vintage <a href="analog scope" target="_blank" rel="noopener">analog oscilloscope</a> we discussed in our earlier series, highlighting the oscilloscope <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/triggering-enters-picture/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">trigger</a> controls. As you can see, you can select a trigger level as well as the slope of the waveform on which the trigger occurs. In addition, you can select from multiple modes, including AUTO and NORM.</p>
<p>Now let’s see how that compares to the trigger controls of a modern digital scope, as shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>. For this demonstration, I am using a <a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/whats-a-usb-oscilloscope/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">USB oscilloscope</a> (a <a href="https://www.picotech.com/download/datasheets/picoscope-2000-series-data-sheet-en.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PicoScope 2204A</a>) from Pico Technology, which replaces the physical knobs in Figure 1 with on-screen icons. I have clicked the trigger function from the top row, and the trigger menu appears to the left of the trace display. As with the analog scope, I can still select the AUTO trigger mode, as shown at the top of the trigger menu. Moving down, I can choose the trigger type (simple edge), the source (channel A in this case), the trigger threshold level (0 V in this case), and the edge direction at the time of trigger (falling, or negative slope), just as I could have with the analog oscilloscope.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20249" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20249" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig2_falling_edge_zero.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-20249 size-large" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig2_falling_edge_zero-1024x544.jpg" alt="USB oscilloscope triggering " width="1024" height="544" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig2_falling_edge_zero-1024x544.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig2_falling_edge_zero-300x159.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig2_falling_edge_zero-768x408.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig2_falling_edge_zero-1536x816.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig2_falling_edge_zero.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20249" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 2. A USB oscilloscope replaces physical knobs and buttons with a virtual interface on a laptop.</figcaption></figure>
<p>One thing the PicoScope does that the analog oscilloscope couldn’t is allow me to select the pre-trigger range, which I have set to 50%. Consequently, the oscilloscope triggers at the center of the screen — at the position of the yellow diamond — when a negative-going portion of the displayed 1.6 V<sub>PP</sub> 1 kHz sinusoid passes through 0.</p>
<p><strong>Could we see another example?</strong><br />
Yes. In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, I’ve chosen to trigger on a rising edge at a level of 200 mV, and I’ve changed the pre-trigger setting to 20%. The instrument then triggers when the waveform rises to the 0.4 V level at a point one-fifth of the way across the screen.</p>
<figure id="attachment_20250" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-20250" style="width: 1024px" class="wp-caption aligncenter"><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig3_rising_edge_200mV.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-large wp-image-20250" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig3_rising_edge_200mV-1024x544.jpg" alt="oscilloscope triggering" width="1024" height="544" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig3_rising_edge_200mV-1024x544.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig3_rising_edge_200mV-300x159.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig3_rising_edge_200mV-768x408.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig3_rising_edge_200mV-1536x816.jpg 1536w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Nelson_triggering_Fig3_rising_edge_200mV.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a><figcaption id="caption-attachment-20250" class="wp-caption-text">Figure 3. Here, the oscilloscope triggers on a positive-going slope at a 200-mV level.</figcaption></figure>
<p><strong>What’s the EXT input in Figure 1 used for?</strong><br />
Generally, you’ll want to trigger on an internal signal applied to a measurement channel — channel A in Figure 2 and Figure 3. In some cases, however, you may want to trigger on an external signal that you don’t need to view on the scope screen. For example, your system under test may generate a <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/basic-electronic-troubleshooting-from-circuits-to-stereos/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">fault signal</a> in the event of an overcurrent or overvoltage condition. You can connect that fault signal to the <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-to-achieve-accurate-oscilloscope-measurements/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">external (EXT) trigger input</a> and use your measurement channels to display what happens elsewhere, leading up to or in the immediate aftermath of the fault. There are several other times when the use of an external trigger may be useful[3]: when the signal you want to measure lacks sufficient regular features (such as zero crossings) to ensure stable internal triggering, for example.</p>
<p><strong>What else should we know about oscilloscope triggering?</strong><br />
In this post, we’ve looked at the basic functions that could be performed on an analog oscilloscope. Often, you’ll want to trigger on a condition that would be difficult or impossible to detect using analog techniques — when a signal enters or departs from a specified voltage range, for example, or when an anomaly occurs on the transmission or reception of a specific digital code. We’ll take a closer look next time.</p>
<p><strong>References</strong><br />
[1] Nelson, Rick, &#8220;<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/get-the-most-from-your-oscilloscope-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Get the most from your oscilloscope: part 1,&#8221; Test &amp; Measurement Tips, September 29, 2025.<br />
[2] Etheridge, Ian, &#8220;</a><a href="https://digilent.com/blog/oscilloscope-triggers-what-they-didnt-teach-me-in-school/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Oscilloscope Triggers: What They Didn’t Teach Me in School</a><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/get-the-most-from-your-oscilloscope-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">,&#8221; Digilent, August 18, 2025.<br />
[3] Reed, Callum, &#8220;</a><a href="https://www.keysight.com/used/us/en/knowledge/glossary/oscilloscopes/what-is-an-external-trigger" target="_blank" rel="noopener">What is an External Trigger in Oscilloscopes? </a><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/get-the-most-from-your-oscilloscope-part-1/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">&#8221; Keysight Technologies, September 17, 2025.</a></p>
<p><strong>Related EE World content</strong><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/triggering-enters-picture/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Triggering Enters the Picture</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/trigger-me-this/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Trigger me this</a><br />
<a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/how-to-achieve-accurate-oscilloscope-measurements/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How to achieve accurate oscilloscope measurements</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/basics-of-oscilloscope-roll-mode-act-on-event-and-the-trigger-menu/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Basics of oscilloscope roll mode, act-on-event, and the trigger menu</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/understanding-basic-oscilloscope-uses/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Understanding basic oscilloscope uses</a><br />
<a href="https://www.eeworldonline.com/whats-a-usb-oscilloscope/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">What’s a USB oscilloscope?</a><br />
<br clear="&quot;all" /></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/make-the-most-of-oscilloscope-triggering-part-1/">Make the most of oscilloscope triggering: part 1</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/make-the-most-of-oscilloscope-triggering-part-1/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Oscilloscope software automates DisplayPort 2.1 PHY testing</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/oscilloscope-software-automates-displayport-2-1-phy-testing/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/oscilloscope-software-automates-displayport-2-1-phy-testing/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Martin Rowe]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 18 Dec 2025 23:04:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Digital Storage Oscilloscope]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[oscilloscope measurements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Oscilloscopes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[digital oscilloscope]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teledynelecroy]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20244</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>QPHY 2 software lets you test DisplayPort 2.1 links for compliance to industry standards Engineers designing DisplayPort 2.1 into devices need a way to verify compliance with standards and that the interface will interoperate with other devices. This involves viewing physical-layer (PHY) eye diagrams at both transmitters and receivers. DisplayPort 2.1 PHY compliance test software [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/oscilloscope-software-automates-displayport-2-1-phy-testing/">Oscilloscope software automates DisplayPort 2.1 PHY testing</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>QPHY 2 software lets you test DisplayPort 2.1 links for compliance to industry standards</em></p>
<p><a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/LeCroy_displayport_2.1-phy-test.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignright wp-image-20246 size-medium" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/LeCroy_displayport_2.1-phy-test-300x249.jpg" alt="Oscilloscope DisplayPort 2.1 testing" width="300" height="249" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/LeCroy_displayport_2.1-phy-test-300x249.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/LeCroy_displayport_2.1-phy-test-768x638.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/LeCroy_displayport_2.1-phy-test.jpg 817w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></a>Engineers designing DisplayPort 2.1 into devices need a way to verify compliance with standards and that the interface will interoperate with other devices. This involves viewing physical-layer (PHY) eye diagrams at both transmitters and receivers. DisplayPort 2.1 PHY compliance test software options from Teledyne LeCroy oscilloscopes add to the tests you can perform with the company&#8217;s equipment and QualiPHY 2 software.</p>
<p>Developed by VESA, DisplayPort competes with HDMI for video. Most graphics cards provide both ports. DisplayPort V2.1 can deliver up to 80 Gbps of data, which translates to 8K at 120 Hz 4K at 240 Hz screen update rates.</p>
<p>DisplayPort 2.1 oscilloscope software options include:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.teledynelecroy.com/displayport-phy-test/#source" target="_blank" rel="noopener">QPHY2-DP2-SOURCE-TX for transmitters (source)</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.teledynelecroy.com/displayport-phy-test/#sink" target="_blank" rel="noopener">QPHY2-DP2-SINK-RX</a> for receivers (sink). It supports automated calibration and Sink bit-error rate (BER) compliance testing.</li>
<li><a href="https://www.teledynelecroy.com/serialdata/qualiphy-compliance#qphy2-pc-" target="_blank" rel="noopener">QPHY2-PC</a> option lets you perform offline analysis on a PC.</li>
</ul>
<p>The software supports all DisplayPort variants: Ultra-High Bit Rate (UHBR), High Bit Rate (HBR), and Reduced Bit Rate (RBR) test requirements. DisplayPort 2.1 uses four data lanes, whereas the currently most common version (1.4) supports a single lane.</p>
<table border="1">
<tbody>
<tr bgcolor="#fcf2d7">
<td style="padding: 5px;"><strong>Transmission mode</strong></td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><strong>Revision</strong></td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><strong>Gbps per lane (x4)</strong></td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><strong>Full bandwidth (Gbps)</strong></td>
<td style="padding: 5px;"><strong>Data rate (Gbps)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#fcf2d7">
<td style="padding: 5px;">HBR3</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">1.4</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">8.1</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">32.4</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">25.92</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#fcf2d7">
<td style="padding: 5px;">UHBR10</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">2.1</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">10</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">40</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">38.69</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#fcf2d7">
<td style="padding: 5px;">UHBR13.5</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">2.1</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">13.5</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">54</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">52.22</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#fcf2d7">
<td style="padding: 5px;">UHBR20</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">2.1</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">20</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">80</td>
<td style="padding: 5px;">77.37</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Source: <a href=" https://tftcentral.co.uk/articles/a-guide-to-displayport-2-1-and-previously-2-0-certifications-standards-cables-and-areas-of-confusion-and-concern" target="_blank" rel="noopener">TFT Central</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/oscilloscope-software-automates-displayport-2-1-phy-testing/">Oscilloscope software automates DisplayPort 2.1 PHY testing</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/oscilloscope-software-automates-displayport-2-1-phy-testing/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>USB oscilloscope software adds waveform overlays and other new features</title>
		<link>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/usb-oscilloscope-software-adds-waveform-overlays-and-other-new-features/</link>
					<comments>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/usb-oscilloscope-software-adds-waveform-overlays-and-other-new-features/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Redding Traiger]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 18 Dec 2025 16:58:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[data acquisition]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[data recorders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital Oscilloscope]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Test development software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Test Equipment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[USB-based Oscilloscopes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[picoscope]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/?p=20240</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Picoscope 7.2 makes troubleshooting easier by highlighting decision points on waveforms. New features include: Waveform overlays, which let you see differences in captured signals, helping you identify glitches on other intermittent occurrences; Measurement Indicators: the software places visual markers on waveforms, which highlight the points where it measures parameters such as rise time and frequency; [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/usb-oscilloscope-software-adds-waveform-overlays-and-other-new-features/">USB oscilloscope software adds waveform overlays and other new features</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-20241 alignright" src="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/unnamed-2025-12-18T085448.900-300x188.jpg" alt="" width="247" height="155" srcset="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/unnamed-2025-12-18T085448.900-300x188.jpg 300w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/unnamed-2025-12-18T085448.900-1024x640.jpg 1024w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/unnamed-2025-12-18T085448.900-768x480.jpg 768w, https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/unnamed-2025-12-18T085448.900.jpg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 247px) 100vw, 247px" />Picoscope 7.2 makes troubleshooting easier by highlighting decision points on waveforms. New features include: Waveform overlays, which let you see differences in captured signals, helping you identify glitches on other intermittent occurrences; Measurement Indicators: the software places visual markers on waveforms, which highlight the points where it measures parameters such as rise time and frequency; Serial decoding filters tool cuts the time spent analyzing long serial data captures. You can configure filters to identify specific packets, data types, or indexed date ranges of interest based on criteria such as data length or specific content. You can apply this filtering to any of the 40 serial protocols that the software supports; Channel Deskew lets you compensate for timing differences caused by probes of different cable lengths, which provides perfectly aligned multi-channel measurements; Timing enhancements let you see when a data capture takes place and when a PicoScope oscilloscope triggers on an event.</div>
<div></div>
<div>PicoScope 7.2 supports all Pico Technologies&#8217; USB oscilloscopes and is available for <a href="https://www.picotech.com/downloads" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener" data-saferedirecturl="https://www.google.com/url?hl=en&amp;q=https://www.picotech.com/downloads&amp;source=gmail&amp;ust=1766163072727000&amp;usg=AOvVaw0QAhYWUP95QfYBW7RRynpQ">free download</a>.</div>
<div></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/usb-oscilloscope-software-adds-waveform-overlays-and-other-new-features/">USB oscilloscope software adds waveform overlays and other new features</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com">Test &amp; Measurement Tips</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.testandmeasurementtips.com/usb-oscilloscope-software-adds-waveform-overlays-and-other-new-features/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
